WO2022020720A9 - Compositions et méthodes pour traiter le cancer - Google Patents

Compositions et méthodes pour traiter le cancer Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022020720A9
WO2022020720A9 PCT/US2021/042973 US2021042973W WO2022020720A9 WO 2022020720 A9 WO2022020720 A9 WO 2022020720A9 US 2021042973 W US2021042973 W US 2021042973W WO 2022020720 A9 WO2022020720 A9 WO 2022020720A9
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
therapy
cells
cancer
antibody
tcr
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2021/042973
Other languages
English (en)
Other versions
WO2022020720A1 (fr
Inventor
Alfonso QUINTÁS-CARDAMA
Original Assignee
TCR2 Therapeutics Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by TCR2 Therapeutics Inc. filed Critical TCR2 Therapeutics Inc.
Priority to EP21846587.0A priority Critical patent/EP4185326A1/fr
Publication of WO2022020720A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022020720A1/fr
Publication of WO2022020720A9 publication Critical patent/WO2022020720A9/fr

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/30—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants from tumour cells
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2239/00—Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46
    • A61K2239/31—Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46 characterized by the route of administration
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2239/00—Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46
    • A61K2239/38—Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46 characterised by the dose, timing or administration schedule
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2239/00—Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46
    • A61K2239/46—Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46 characterised by the cancer treated
    • A61K2239/55—Lung
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K2239/00—Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46
    • A61K2239/46—Indexing codes associated with cellular immunotherapy of group A61K39/46 characterised by the cancer treated
    • A61K2239/59—Reproductive system, e.g. uterus, ovaries, cervix or testes
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46—Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/461—Cellular immunotherapy characterised by the cell type used
    • A61K39/4611—T-cells, e.g. tumor infiltrating lymphocytes [TIL], lymphokine-activated killer cells [LAK] or regulatory T cells [Treg]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/46—Cellular immunotherapy
    • A61K39/464—Cellular immunotherapy characterised by the antigen targeted or presented
    • A61K39/4643—Vertebrate antigens
    • A61K39/4644—Cancer antigens
    • A61K39/464466—Adhesion molecules, e.g. NRCAM, EpCAM or cadherins
    • A61K39/464468—Mesothelin [MSLN]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00—Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06—Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/705—Receptors; Cell surface antigens; Cell surface determinants
    • C07K14/70503—Immunoglobulin superfamily
    • C07K14/7051—T-cell receptor (TcR)-CD3 complex
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/569—Single domain, e.g. dAb, sdAb, VHH, VNAR or nanobody®
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/60—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/62—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
    • C07K2317/622—Single chain antibody (scFv)
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/01—Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif
    • C07K2319/03—Fusion polypeptide containing a localisation/targetting motif containing a transmembrane segment
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
    • C07K2319/33—Fusion polypeptide fusions for targeting to specific cell types, e.g. tissue specific targeting, targeting of a bacterial subspecies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2510/00—Genetically modified cells
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N5/00—Undifferentiated human, animal or plant cells, e.g. cell lines; Tissues; Cultivation or maintenance thereof; Culture media therefor
    • C12N5/06—Animal cells or tissues; Human cells or tissues
    • C12N5/0602—Vertebrate cells
    • C12N5/0634—Cells from the blood or the immune system
    • C12N5/0636—T lymphocytes

Definitions

  • CAR chimeric antigen receptor
  • CTL019 The clinical results with CD-19-specific CAR T cells (called CTL019) have shown complete remissions in patients suffering from chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL) as well as in childhood acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) (see, e.g., Kalos et al., Sci Transl Med 3:95ra73 (2011), Porter et al., NEJM 365:725-733 (2011), Grupp et al., NEJM 368:1509-1518 (2013)).
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • TCR chains will form complete TCR complexes and provide the T cells with a TCR for a second defined specificity. Encouraging results were obtained with engineered autologous T cells expressing NY-ESO-1-specific TCR alpha and beta chains in patients with synovial carcinoma. [0004] Besides the ability of genetically modified T cells expressing a CAR or a second TCR to recognize and destroy respective target cells in vitro/ex vivo, successful patient therapy with engineered T cells requires the T cells to be capable of strong activation, expansion, persistence over time, and, in case of relapsing disease, to enable a ‘memory’ response.
  • CAR T cells High and manageable clinical efficacy of CAR T cells is currently limited to BCMA- and CD-19-positive B cell malignancies and to NY-ESO-1-peptide expressing synovial sarcoma patients expressing HLA-A2.
  • TCR subunits including CD3 epsilon, CD3gamma and CD3 delta, and of TCR alpha and TCR beta chains with binding domains specific for cell surface antigens that have the potential to overcome limitations of existing approaches.
  • compositions and methods for the treatment of a human subject having a cancer e.g., a cancer comprising cells that express mesothelin (MSLN).
  • MSLN mesothelin
  • the human subject may have previously received one or more lines of prior treatment.
  • the cancer in the human subject may be relapsed after the one or more lines of prior treatment or is refractory or resistant to the one or more lines of prior treatment.
  • the method can comprise administering to the human subject an amount of transduced anti-MSLN T cell receptor fusion protein (TFP) T cells.
  • TFP transduced anti-MSLN T cell receptor fusion protein
  • the amount of anti-MSLN TFP T cell can comprise from about 5 ⁇ 10 7 to about 1 ⁇ 10 9 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • the cancer can be a variety of cancers expressing MSLN.
  • the cancer can comprise malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM), non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), serous ovarian adenocarcinoma, or cholangiocarcinoma.
  • MPM malignant pleural mesothelioma
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • serous ovarian adenocarcinoma cholangiocarcinoma.
  • the present disclosure provides a method of treating a mesothelin (MSLN)- expressing cancer in a human subject in need thereof after two or more lines of prior therapy for treating the MSLN-expressing cancer comprising administering to the human subject one or more doses of a population of T cells, wherein a T cell of the population of T cells comprises a recombinant nucleic acid comprising a sequence encoding a T cell receptor (TCR) fusion protein (TFP) comprising: (a) a TCR subunit comprising, (i) at least a portion of a TCR extracellular domain, (ii) a TCR transmembrane domain, and (iii) a TCR intracellular domain; and (b) an antibody domain comprising an anti-MSLN antigen binding domain; (c) wherein the human subject has previously received the two or more lines of prior therapy for treating the MSLN-expressing cancer.
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • TCP T cell receptor fusion protein
  • the TCR subunit and the anti-MSLN antigen binding domain are operatively linked.
  • the TFP functionally interacts with an endogenous TCR complex in the T cell.
  • the method further comprises selecting the human subject by an expression level of mesothelin in a tumor sample from the human subject.
  • the tumor sample has been pathologically reviewed with confirmed positive mesothelin expression on at least about 50% tumor cells that are 2+ and/or 3+ by immunohistochemistry.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is a relapsed cancer after the two or more lines of prior therapy, or is highly refractory or highly resistant to the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is mesothelioma.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM).
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is ovarian adenocarcinoma.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is cholangiocarcinoma.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC).
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is selected from the group consisting of squamous carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sarcomata, endometrial cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, fallopian tube cancer, primary peritoneal cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, lung cancer, non- small cell lung cancer, stomach cancer, bladder cancer, gall bladder cancer, liver cancer, thyroid cancer, laryngeal cancer, salivary gland cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, glioblastoma, glioma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, mesothelioma, sarcoma, hematological cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, neuroma, and any combinations thereof.
  • At least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises surgery, chemotherapy, hormonal therapy, biological therapy, antibody therapy, radiation therapy, or any combinations thereof, (e.g., a combination therapy).
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises a systemic therapy.
  • the systemic therapy comprises a biologic or chemotherapy.
  • the biologic comprises an antibody, antibody drug conjugate (ADC), cellular therapy, peptide, polypeptide, enzyme, vaccine, oligonucleotide, oncolytic virus, polysaccharide, or gene therapy.
  • the biologic comprises an antibody or antibody drug conjugate (ADC).
  • the antibody or ADC comprises an antibody or ADC of Table B1 or a biosimilar thereof. In some embodiments, the antibody or ADC comprises bevacizumab or a biosimilar thereof. In some embodiments, the antibody or ADC comprises an anti-mesothelin antibody or anti-mesothelin ADC. In some embodiments, the anti-mesothelin antibody or anti- mesothelin ADC comprises an anti-mesothelin antibody or anti-mesothelin ADC of Table B3 or a biosimilar thereof. In some embodiments, the antibody or ADC comprises a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or ADC.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody or ADC comprises a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or ADC of Table B2 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody comprises nivolumab, pembrolizumab, cemiplimab, atezolizumab, avelumab, durvalumab, ipilimumab, or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the biologic comprises a cellular therapy.
  • the cellular therapy comprises a cellular therapy of table B4 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the cellular therapy targets mesothelin.
  • the cellular therapy comprises a mesothelin-targeting cellular therapy of Table B5 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the biologic targets mesothelin-expressing cells.
  • the biologic that targets mesothelin-expressing cells comprises a biologic targeting mesothelin-expressing cells of Tables B3, B5 and B6 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the systemic therapy comprises a chemotherapy agent.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises an alkylating agent, e.g., a nitrogen mustard analog or a platinum based compound, a targeted therapy, a protein kinase inhibitor, an antimetabolite, e.g., a folic acid analog or a pyrimidine analog, an anti-microtubule agent, an anthracycline, a topoisomerase inhibitor, a PARP inhibitor, a hormone modifying treatment, a taxane, a rapalog, or an epigenetic therapy, e.g., a DNMT inhibitor or an HDAC inhibitor.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises a chemotherapy agent of Table B13 or an analog thereof.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises a platinum- based compound.
  • the platinum based compound comprises a platinum-based compound of table B16 or an analog thereof.
  • the platinum-based compound comprises cisplatin, oxaliplatin, or carboplatin.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises an antimetabolite.
  • the antimetabolite comprises an antimetabolite in Table B19 or an analog thereof.
  • the antimetabolite comprises raltitrexed.
  • the antimetabolite comprises a folic acid inhibitor.
  • the folic acid inhibitor comprises a folic acid inhibitor of Table B20 or an analog thereof.
  • the folic acid inhibitor comprises pemetrexed or Alimta®.
  • the antimetabolite comprises a pyrimidine analog.
  • the pyrimidine analog comprises a pyrimidine analog of Table B21 or an analog thereof.
  • the pyrimidine analog comprises gemcitabine.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises an anti-microtubule agent.
  • the anti-microtubule agent comprises an anti- microtubule agent of Table B22 or an analog thereof.
  • the anti-microtubule agent comprises vinorelbine.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises an anthracycline.
  • the anthracycline comprises an anthracycline of Table B23 or an analog thereof. In some embodiments, the anthracycline comprises doxorubicin. In some embodiments, the chemotherapy agent comprises mitomycin-C. In some embodiments, the chemotherapy agent comprises trabectedin. In some embodiments, the chemotherapy comprises an epigenetic therapy. In some embodiments, the epigenetic therapy comprises an epigenetic therapy of Table B29 or an analog thereof. In some embodiments, the epigenetic therapy comprises vorinostat or belinostat. In some embodiments, the chemotherapy agent comprises a rapalog. In some embodiments, the rapalog comprises a rapalog of Table B28 or an analog thereof.
  • At least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises a targeted therapy.
  • the targeted therapy comprises a targeted therapy of Table B17 or an analog thereof.
  • the targeted therapy comprises sunitinib, dasatinib, and/or sorafenib.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises a checkpoint inhibitor.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor comprises a checkpoint inhibitor of Table B33.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor comprises a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or checkpoint inhibitor antibody drug conjugate.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody comprises a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or checkpoint inhibitor antibody drug conjugate of Table B2.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody comprises nivolumab, pembrolizumab, cemiplimab, atezolizumab, avelumab, durvalumab, ipilimumab, or a biosimilar thereof.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises an antiangiogenic.
  • the antiangiogenic comprises an antiangiogenic of Table B34.
  • the anti-angiogenic comprises axitinib, bevacizumab, cabozantinib, cediranib, everolimus, lenalidomide, lenvatinib mesylate, nintedanib, pazopanib, ramucirumab, regorafenib, sorafenib, sunitinib, thalidomide, vandetanib, or ziv-aflibercept.
  • the combination therapy comprises two or more systemic therapies or a systemic therapy in combination with chemotherapy or radiation therapy.
  • the combination therapy comprises a chemotherapy and a biologic.
  • the combination therapy comprises a combination therapy listed in Table B32.
  • the combination therapy comprises a platinum-containing doublet chemotherapy.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises two or more different treatment regimes.
  • the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy.
  • the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a biologic.
  • the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a combination therapy including a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject received at least two lines of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject received at least two lines of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy.
  • the human subject received at least two lines of prior therapy comprising a biologic. In some embodiments, the human subject received at least two lines of therapy prior therapy comprising combination therapy including a systemic therapy. In some embodiments, the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a biologic. In some embodiments, the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a combination therapy including a systemic therapy. In some embodiments, the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a biologic and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a combination therapy including a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a surgical treatment or a combination therapy comprising a surgical treatment. In some embodiments, the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a radiation therapy or a combination therapy comprising a radiation therapy. [0014] In some embodiments, the human subject is at risk of recurrence. In some embodiments, the human subject has a prior history of recurrence after at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy. In some embodiments, the MSLN-expressing cancer is locally advanced. In some embodiments, the MSLN-expressing cancer is metastatic.
  • the MSLN- expressing cancer is refractory to at least two of the two or more lines of prior therapy. In some embodiments, the MSLN-expressing cancer shows less than 20% regression after the human subject has received at least two of the two or more lines of prior therapy. In some embodiments, the MSLN- expressing cancer is recurrent following at least two of the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the population of T cells is administered as a single agent. In some embodiments, a target dose of the population of T cell is about 5 x 10 7 /m 2 . In some embodiments, a target dose of the population of T cells is about 1 x 10 8 /m 2 .
  • a target dose of anti-MSLN TFP T cells is about 5 x 10 8 /m 2 . In some embodiments, a target dose of anti-MSLN TFP T cells is about 1 x 10 9 /m 2 . In some embodiments, the administered dose is in range of ⁇ 15% of the target dose. In some embodiments, a second dose of the population of T cells is administered no sooner than 60 days following administration of a first dose of the population of T cells and no later than 12 months following administration of the first dose. [0015] In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the human subject a lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen prior to administration of the first dose of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of five doses of fludarabine and three doses of cyclophosphamide. In some embodiments, the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of four doses of fludarabine and three doses of cyclophosphamide. In some embodiments, the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of four doses of fludarabine and four doses of cyclophosphamide.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of fludarabine at a level of 20 mg/m 2 /day on days -9 through -3 relative to administration of the population of T cells, and further comprises administration of cyclophosphamide at a level of 700 mg/m 2 /day on days -7 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of fludarabine at a level of 30 mg/m 2 /day on days -7 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells, and further comprises administration of cyclophosphamide at a level of 600 mg/m 2 /day on days -6 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of fludarabine at a level of 40 mg/m 2 /day on days -6 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells, and further comprises administration of cyclophosphamide at a level of 400 mg/m 2 /day on days -5 through -3 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the method further comprises administering a checkpoint inhibitor agent to the human subject.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor is administered four times at three dose levels, comprising a first dose, a second dose, a third dose, and a fourth dose.
  • the first dose of the checkpoint inhibitor agent is administered three weeks after administration of the population of T cells, and wherein subsequent doses are administered every three weeks thereafter. In some embodiments, the checkpoint inhibitor agent is administered every three weeks. In some embodiments, the checkpoint inhibitor comprises any one of the checkpoint inhibitors of Table B33, e.g., pembrolizumab. [0016] In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the human subject an anti-PD-1 antibody. In some embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered before administering the population of T cells, concurrently with the population of T cells, or after administering the population of T cells. In some embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered in one, two, three or more doses.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered with a dose of at least about 2, 20 or 200 mg. In some embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered at least every 3 weeks. In some embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered for a total of at least about 12 weeks. [0017] In some embodiments, the antibody domain is a murine, human or humanized antibody domain. In some embodiments, the anti-MSLN binding domain is a scFv or a VHH domain.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain comprises a heavy chain variable domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 7, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 15, SEQ ID NO: 19, SEQ ID NO: 23, SEQ ID NO: 27, SEQ ID NO: 33, SEQ ID NO: 35, SEQ ID NO: 46, SEQ ID NO: 47, or SEQ ID NO: 48.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain comprises a light chain variable domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 9, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO: 17, SEQ ID NO: 21, SEQ ID NO: 25, SEQ ID NO: 29, or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain is a single domain antibody comprising a heavy chain variable domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 46.
  • the TFP includes an extracellular domain of a TCR subunit that comprises an extracellular domain or portion thereof of a protein selected from the group consisting of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, a CD3 delta TCR subunit, functional fragments thereof, and amino acid sequences thereof having at least one but not more than 20 modifications.
  • the TFP includes a transmembrane domain that comprises a transmembrane domain of a protein selected from the group consisting of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, a CD3 delta TCR subunit, functional fragments thereof, and amino acid sequences thereof having at least one but not more than 20 modifications.
  • the TCR intracellular domain comprises an intracellular domain of TCR alpha, TCR beta, TCR delta, or TCR gamma, or an amino acid sequence having at least one modification thereto.
  • the TCR intracellular domain comprises a stimulatory domain from an intracellular signaling domain of CD3 gamma, CD3 delta, or CD3 epsilon, or an amino acid sequence having at least one modification thereto.
  • the antibody domain is connected to the TCR extracellular domain by a linker sequence.
  • the linker is 120 amino acids in length or less.
  • the linker sequence comprises (G4S)n, wherein G is glycine, S is serine, and n is an integer from 1 to 10, e.g., 1 to 4.
  • At least two or three of the TCR extracellular domain, the TCR transmembrane domain, and the TCR intracellular domain are from a same TCR subunit. In some embodiments, at least two of the TCR extracellular domain, the TCR transmembrane domain, and the TCR intracellular domain are from the same TCR subunit. In some embodiments, at least two of the TCR extracellular domain, the TCR transmembrane domain, and the TCR intracellular domain are from CD3 epsilon. In some embodiments, at least two of the TCR extracellular domain, the TCR transmembrane domain, and the TCR intracellular domain are from CD3 delta.
  • the TCR extracellular domain, the TCR transmembrane domain, and the TCR intracellular domain are from CD3 gamma. In some embodiments, all three of the TCR extracellular domain, the TCR transmembrane domain, and the TCR intracellular domain are from the same TCR subunit.
  • the TCR subunit comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49. In some embodiments, the TCR subunit comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 50. In some embodiments, the TCR subunit comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51. In some embodiments, the TFP comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52. In some embodiments, the population of T cells are human T cells.
  • the population of T cells are CD8+ T cells or CD4+ T cells. In some embodiments, the population of T cells are alpha beta T cells or gamma delta T cells. In some embodiments, the population of T cells are autologous or allogeneic T cells. In some embodiments, the method further comprises obtaining a population of cells from the human subject prior to administration of the one or more doses of the population of T cells, and transducing T cells from the population of cells with a recombinant nucleic acid comprising a sequence encoding the TFP, thereby generating the population of T cells. [0018] In some embodiments, the method further comprises identifying the human subject as having a MSLN-expressing cancer.
  • the method does not induce cytokine release syndrome (CRS) above grade 1, above grade 2, or above grade 3.
  • CRS cytokine release syndrome
  • the present disclosure provides a method of treating a mesothelin (MSLN)- expressing cancer in a human subject in need thereof after two or more lines of prior therapy for treating the MSLN-expressing cancer comprising: (a) obtaining a population of cells from the human subject; (b) administering to the human subject one or more doses of a population of T cells transduced with a recombinant nucleic acid comprising a sequence encoding a T cell receptor (TCR) fusion protein (TFP) comprising: (i) a TCR subunit comprising (ii) a CD3 epsilon extracellular domain, (iii) a CD3 epsilon transmembrane domain, and (iv) a CD3 epsilon intracellular domain; and (v) an antibody domain comprising an anti-MSLN
  • the TCR subunit and the antibody domain are operatively linked.
  • the TFP is capable of functionally interacting with an endogenous TCR complex and/or at least one endogenous TCR polypeptide.
  • the method further comprises selecting the human subject by an expression level of mesothelin in a tumor sample from the human subject.
  • the tumor sample has been pathologically reviewed with confirmed positive mesothelin expression on at least about 50% tumor cells that are 2+ and/or 3+ by immunohistochemistry.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is relapsed after the two or more lines of prior therapy, or is highly refractory or highly resistant to the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the population of cells obtained from the human subject are PBMCs.
  • the population of T cells comprise a population of CD4+ and CD8+ T cells isolated from the PBMCs prior to transduction with the recombinant nucleic acid.
  • the human subject has previously been identified as having a MSLN-expressing cancer.
  • the human subject is identified as having a MSLN-expressing cancer by immunohistochemistry and/or flow cytometry to identify CD19 expression on cancerous cells from the human subject.
  • the human subject has been diagnosed with the MSLN- expressing cancer.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is mesothelioma.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM).
  • MPM pleural mesothelioma
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is ovarian adenocarcinoma.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is cholangiocarcinoma.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC).
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer is selected from the group consisting of squamous carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sarcomata, endometrial cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, fallopian tube cancer, primary peritoneal cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, lung cancer, non- small cell lung cancer, stomach cancer, bladder cancer, gall bladder cancer, liver cancer, thyroid cancer, laryngeal cancer, salivary gland cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, glioblastoma, glioma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, mesothelioma, sarcoma, hematological cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, neuroma, and any combinations thereof.
  • At least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy is surgery, chemotherapy, hormonal therapy, biological therapy, antibody therapy, radiation therapy, or any combinations thereof, (e.g., a combination therapy).
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises a systemic therapy.
  • the systemic therapy comprises a biologic or chemotherapy.
  • the biologic comprises an antibody, antibody drug conjugate (ADC), cellular therapy, peptide, polypeptide, enzyme, vaccine, oligonucleotide, oncolytic virus, polysaccharide, or gene therapy.
  • the biologic comprises an antibody or antibody drug conjugate (ADC).
  • the antibody or ADC comprises an antibody or ADC of Table B1 or a biosimilar thereof. In some embodiments, the antibody or ADC comprises bevacizumab or a biosimilar thereof. In some embodiments, the antibody or ADC comprises an anti-mesothelin antibody or anti-mesothelin ADC. In some embodiments, the anti-mesothelin antibody or anti- mesothelin ADC comprises an anti-mesothelin antibody or anti-mesothelin ADC of Table B3 or a biosimilar thereof. In some embodiments, the antibody or ADC comprises a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or ADC.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody or ADC comprises a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or ADC of Table B2 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody comprises nivolumab, pembrolizumab, cemiplimab, atezolizumab, avelumab, durvalumab, ipilimumab, or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the biologic comprises a cellular therapy.
  • the cellular therapy comprises a cellular therapy of table B4 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the cellular therapy targets mesothelin.
  • the cellular therapy comprises a mesothelin-targeting cellular therapy of Table B5 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the biologic targets mesothelin expressing cells.
  • the biologic that targets mesothelin-expressing cells comprises a biologic targeting mesothelin-expressing cells of Tables B3, B5 and B6 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the systemic therapy comprises a chemotherapy agent.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises an alkylating agent, e.g., a nitrogen mustard analog or a platinum based compound, a targeted therapy, a protein kinase inhibitor, an antimetabolite, e.g., a folic acid analog or a pyrimidine analog, an anti-microtubule agent, an anthracycline, a topoisomerase inhibitor, a PARP inhibitor, a hormone modifying treatment, a taxane, a rapalog, or an epigenetic therapy, e.g., a DNMT inhibitor or an HDAC inhibitor.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises a chemotherapy agent of Table B13 or an analog thereof.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises a platinum-based compound.
  • the platinum-based compound comprises a platinum-based compound of Table B16 or an analog thereof.
  • the platinum-based compound comprises cisplatin, oxaliplatin, or carboplatin.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises an antimetabolite.
  • the antimetabolite comprises an antimetabolite in Table B19 or an analog thereof.
  • the antimetabolite comprises Raltitrexed.
  • the antimetabolite comprises a folic acid inhibitor.
  • the folic acid inhibitor comprises a folic acid inhibitor of Table B20 or an analog thereof.
  • the folic acid inhibitor comprises pemetrexed.
  • the antimetabolite comprises a pyrimidine analog.
  • the pyrimidine analog comprises a pyrimidine analog of Table B21 or an analog thereof.
  • the pyrimidine analog comprises gemcitabine.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises an anti-microtubule agent.
  • the anti-microtubule agent comprises an anti- microtubule agent of Table B22 or an analog thereof.
  • the anti-microtubule agent comprises Vinorelbine.
  • the chemotherapy agent comprises an anthracycline.
  • the anthracycline comprises an anthracycline of Table B23 or an analog thereof. In some embodiments, the anthracycline comprises doxorubicin. In some embodiments, the chemotherapy agent comprises mitomycin-C. In some embodiments, the chemotherapy agent comprises trabectedin. In some embodiments, the chemotherapy comprises an epigenetic therapy. In some embodiments, the epigenetic therapy comprises an epigenetic therapy of Table B29 or an analog thereof. In some embodiments, the epigenetic therapy comprises vorinostat or belinostat. In some embodiments, the chemotherapy agent comprises a rapalog. In some embodiments, the rapalog comprises a rapalog of Table B28 or an analog thereof.
  • At least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises a targeted therapy.
  • the targeted therapy comprises a targeted therapy of Table B17 or an analog thereof.
  • the targeted therapy comprises sunitinib, dasatinib, and/or sorafenib.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises a checkpoint inhibitor.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor comprises a checkpoint inhibitor of Table B33.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor comprises a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or checkpoint inhibitor antibody drug conjugate.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody comprises a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or checkpoint inhibitor antibody drug conjugate of Table B2.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody comprises nivolumab, pembrolizumab, cemiplimab, atezolizumab, avelumab, durvalumab, ipilimumab, or a biosimilar thereof.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises an antiangiogenic.
  • the antiangiogenic comprises an antiangiogenic of Table B34.
  • the antiangiogenic comprises axitinib, bevacizumab, cabozantinib, cediranib, everolimus, lenalidomide, lenvatinib mesylate, nintedanib, pazopanib, ramucirumab, regorafenib, sorafenib, sunitinib, thalidomide, vandetanib, or ziv-aflibercept.
  • the combination therapy comprises two or more systemic therapies or a systemic therapy in combination with chemotherapy or radiation therapy.
  • the combination therapy comprises a chemotherapy and a biologic.
  • the combination therapy comprises a combination therapy listed in Table B32.
  • the combination therapy comprises a platinum-containing doublet chemotherapy.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy comprises two or more different treatment regimes.
  • the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy.
  • the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a biologic.
  • the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a combination therapy including a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject received at least two lines of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject received at least two lines of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy.
  • the human subject received at least two lines of prior therapy comprising a biologic. In some embodiments, the human subject received at least two lines of therapy prior therapy comprising combination therapy including a systemic therapy. In some embodiments, the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a biologic. In some embodiments, the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a combination therapy including a systemic therapy. In some embodiments, the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a biologic and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a combination therapy including a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a surgical treatment or a combination therapy comprising a surgical treatment. In some embodiments, the human subject received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a radiation therapy or a combination therapy comprising a radiation therapy. [0027] In some embodiments, the human subject is at risk of recurrence. In some embodiments, the human subject has a prior history of recurrence after at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy. In some embodiments, the MSLN-expressing cancer is locally advanced. In some embodiments, the MSLN-expressing cancer is metastatic.
  • the MSLN- expressing cancer is refractory to at least two of the two or more lines of prior therapy. In some embodiments, the MSLN-expressing cancer shows less than 20% regression after the human subject has received at least two of the two or more lines of prior therapy. In some embodiments, the MSLN- expressing cancer is recurrent following at least two of the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the population of T cells is administered as a single agent. In some embodiments, a target dose of the population of T cell is about 5 x 10 7 /m 2 . In some embodiments, a target dose of the population of T cells is about 1 x 10 8 /m 2 .
  • a target dose of anti-MSLN TFP T cells is about 5 x 10 8 /m 2 . In some embodiments, a target dose of anti-MSLN TFP T cells is about 1 x 10 9 /m 2 . In some embodiments, the administered dose is in range of ⁇ 15% of the target dose. In some embodiments, a second dose of the population of T cells is administered no sooner than 60 days following administration of a first dose of the population of T cells and no later than 12 months following administration of the first dose. In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the human subject a lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen prior to administration of the first dose of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of five doses of fludarabine and three doses of cyclophosphamide. In some embodiments, the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of four doses of fludarabine and three doses of cyclophosphamide. In some embodiments, the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of four doses of fludarabine and four doses of cyclophosphamide.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of fludarabine at a level of 20 mg/m 2 /day on days -9 through -3 relative to administration of the population of T cells, and further comprises administration of cyclophosphamide at a level of 700 mg/m 2 /day on days -7 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of fludarabine at a level of 30 mg/m 2 /day on days - 7 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells, and further comprises administration of cyclophosphamide at a level of 600 mg/m 2 /day on days -6 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen comprises administration of fludarabine at a level of 40 mg/m 2 /day on days - 6 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells, and further comprises administration of cyclophosphamide at a level of 400 mg/m 2 /day on days -5 through -3 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the method further comprises administering a checkpoint inhibitor agent to the human subject.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor is administered four times at three dose levels, comprising a first dose, a second dose, a third dose, and a fourth dose.
  • the first dose of the checkpoint inhibitor agent is administered three weeks after administration of the population of T cells, and wherein subsequent doses are administered every three weeks thereafter. In some embodiments, the checkpoint inhibitor agent is administered every three weeks. In some embodiments, the checkpoint inhibitor comprises any one of the checkpoint inhibitors of Table B33, e.g., pembrolizumab. [0028] In some embodiments, the method further comprises administering to the human subject an anti-PD-1 antibody. In some embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered before administering the population of T cells, concurrently with the population of T cells, or after administering the population of T cells. In some embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered in one, two, three or more doses.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered with a dose of at least about 2, 20 or 200 mg. In some embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered at least every 3 weeks. In some embodiments, the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered for a total of at least about 12 weeks. [0029] In some embodiments, the antibody domain is a murine, human or humanized antibody domain. In some embodiments, the anti-MSLN binding domain is a scFv or a VHH domain.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain comprises a heavy chain variable domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 7, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 15, SEQ ID NO: 19, SEQ ID NO: 23, SEQ ID NO: 27, SEQ ID NO: 33, SEQ ID NO: 35, SEQ ID NO: 46, SEQ ID NO: 47, or SEQ ID NO: 48.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain comprises a light chain variable domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 9, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO: 17, SEQ ID NO: 21, SEQ ID NO: 25, SEQ ID NO: 29, or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the antibody domain is connected to the TCR extracellular domain by a linker sequence. In some embodiments, the linker is 120 amino acids in length or less.
  • the linker sequence comprises (G4S)n, wherein G is glycine, S is serine, and n is an integer from 1 to 10, e.g., 1 to 4.
  • the TCR subunit comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49.
  • the TFP comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52.
  • the population of T cells are human T cells.
  • the population of T cells are CD8+ T cells or CD4+ T cells.
  • the population of T cells are alpha beta T cells or gamma delta T cells.
  • the population of T cells are autologous or allogeneic T cells.
  • Figure 1 is a graph showing the cytolytic response of anti-MSLN TFP T cells to mesothelin- positive MSTO-MSLN-LUC tumor cells at a 1:10 effector to target cell ratio.
  • Figures 2A-D are four graphs depicting that anti-MSLN TFP T cells secretes IFN ⁇ and IL-2 in response to mesothelin-positive MSTO-MSLN-LUC tumor cells at 10 to 1 effector to tumor cell ratio.
  • Figure 3 shows the evaluation of anti-tumor activity of anti-MSLN TFP T cells in mesothelioma tumor model, as described in Example 3. Each line represents the mean tumor volume for each group and the error bars represent the standard deviation.
  • Figures 4A-B show the mediation of rapid tumor growth by anti-MSLN TFP T cells both in a primary and relapsing model of mesothelioma. Each line indicates the mean and standard deviation for each group.
  • Figure 5A is a schematic diagram of in vivo study for anti-MSLN TFP T cell expansion, differentiation and activation.
  • Figure 5B is a graph showing tumor volumes measured on day 6 after T cell injection.
  • Figure 5C is a graph showing the level of soluble MSLN (sMSLN) in plasma on day 7 after T cell injection.
  • Figure 5D is tissue section images showing immunohistochemistry analysis of tumor samples harvested on day 7 for tumor burden (anti-MSLN staining, light brown) and T cell infiltration into tumor (anti-human CD3, dark purple). Images shown here are representative of 4 (tumor only group), 6 (non-transduced (NT) T cell group), or 9 mice (anti-MSLN TFP T cell group).
  • Each symbol in the plots (A, B and C) represents an individual animal in the study. Lines indicate the average of the results of all animals in the treatment group, error bars represent the standard error of the mean (SEM).
  • Figures 6A-B show the evaluation of anti-tumor activity of anti-MSLN TFP T cells in lung cancer tumor model.
  • Figure 6A is a schematic diagram of in vivo study for anti-MSLN TFP T cells testing anti-tumor efficacy, expansion and activation.
  • Figures 7A-B show growth of ovarian cancer OVCAR3-luc in NSG mice treated with T cells as shown by bioluminescent imaging of mice.
  • Figure 7A is a schematic depicting the overall study design.
  • FIGS 8A-8C are schematic diagrams illustrating the protocol described in Example 8.
  • Figure 9 is a graph showing tumor regression of the 5 study participants described in Example 17.
  • Figures 10A and 10B show the response of Subject 2 to treatment with anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Figure 10A shows imaging data and Figure 10B shows soluble mesothelin and MPF levels following treatment.
  • Figure 11 show imaging data of tumors in Subject 3 following treatment with anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Figure 12 is a graph showing the subject response and follow up for the subjects described in Example 17.
  • Figure 13 is a series of graphs showing T cell expansion in subjects treated with anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Figure 14 is a series of graphs showing cytokine levels in peripheral blood of subjects treated with anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Figure 15 is schematic diagram illustrating the protocol described in Example 18.
  • Figure 16 is a graph showing tumor regression of the 8 study participants described in Example 18.
  • Figure 17 show imaging data of tumors in Subject 5 following treatment with anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Figure 18 is a graph showing the subject response and follow up for the subjects described in Example 18.
  • Figure 19 is a series of graphs showing T cell expansion in subjects treated with anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Figure 20 is a series of graphs showing cytokine levels in peripheral blood of subjects treated with anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Figure 21 is a series of graphs showing SMRP and MPF levels in peripheral blood of subjects treated with anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Figure 22 show imaging data of tumors in Subject 4 following treatment with anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Described herein are methods of adoptive cell therapy for treating a cancer, e.g., a mesothelin- expressing cancer, using TFP molecules direct to mesothelin-expressing tumor cells.
  • a cancer e.g., a mesothelin- expressing cancer
  • TFP molecules direct to mesothelin-expressing tumor cells.
  • Adoptive T cell therapy is a therapeutic modality that involves the manipulation of a cancer patient’s own T cells to endow them with anti-tumor activity.
  • Tumor-associated antigens can be classified into 3 major groups: 1. Antigens present in healthy tissue but over-expressed in tumors, usually because they confer a growth advantage to the cancer cell. 2. Neo-antigens arising from somatic mutations in cancer cells. 3. Cancer germline antigens, which are proteins expressed on germline cells, which reside in immunoprivileged sites, and therefore are not vulnerable to autoimmune T cell targeting.
  • TILs tumor infiltrating lymphocytes
  • ACT ACT was the use of tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (TILs), which rendered clinical responses in approximately 50% of patient with malignant melanoma (Topalian et. al., 1988).
  • TILs tumor infiltrating lymphocytes
  • the wide applicability of this therapeutic modality was hindered by the requisite surgery to procure tissue from which to isolate TILs, the difficulties in successfully isolating and expanding TILs, and the difficulty in reproducing similar results in other malignancies.
  • Gene- transfer-based strategies were developed to overcome the immune tolerance on the tumor-specific T cell repertoire.
  • CAR T cells redirect T cells to effectively target tumor antigens through the transfer of affinity-optimized T cell receptors (TCRs) or synthetic chimeric antigen receptors (CARs) via retrovirus- or lentivirus-based stable transduction.
  • TCRs affinity-optimized T cell receptors
  • CARs synthetic chimeric antigen receptors
  • the CAR T cells represent the most extensively characterized ACT platform.
  • CAR T cells are autologous T cells that have been re-programmed to target surface-expressed cancer associated antigens, typically through the inclusion of a single chain antibody variable fragment (scFv). These binding domains are fused to co-stimulatory domains as well as the CD3 ⁇ chain and subsequently transfected into autologous T cells using viral or non-viral transduction processes.
  • scFv single chain antibody variable fragment
  • CAR T Upon binding to its cognate antigen, CAR T phosphorylates the immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motifs (ITAMs) within the CD3 zeta chain. This serves as the initiating T cell activation signal and is critical for CAR T mediated lysis of tumor antigens. Concurrently, scFv binding also stimulates the fused co-simulation domains (usually CD28 or 4-1BB) which provide important expansion and survival signals.
  • ITAMs immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motifs
  • CD19-directed CAR T cell approaches were approved in 2017 by FDA for the treatment of patients with either pediatric acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) or diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL), respectively: tisagenlecleucel (KymriahTM) and axicabtagene cileucel (YescartaTM) (CBER, 2017a; CBER 2017b).
  • ALL pediatric acute lymphoblastic leukemia
  • DLBCL diffuse large B-cell lymphoma
  • the former was also approved by FDA in 2018 for the treatment of patients with relapsed/refractory DLBCL. Notwithstanding this activity in hematological malignancies, CAR T cells have failed to induce significant clinical efficacy against solid cancers, largely due to T cell exhaustion and very limited persistence.
  • the isolated TFP molecules comprise a TCR extracellular domain that comprises an extracellular domain or portion thereof of a protein selected from the group consisting of the alpha or beta chain of the T cell receptor, CD3 delta, CD3 epsilon, or CD3 gamma, or an amino acid sequence having at least one, two or three modifications but not more than 20, 10 or 5 modifications thereto.
  • the anti-mesothelin binding domain is connected to the TCR extracellular domain by a linker sequence.
  • the linker sequence comprises a long linker (LL) sequence.
  • the linker sequence comprises a short linker (SL) sequence.
  • the isolated TFP molecules further comprise a sequence encoding a costimulatory domain.
  • the isolated TFP molecules further comprise a sequence encoding an intracellular signaling domain. In yet other embodiments, the isolated TFP molecules further comprise a leader sequence.
  • vectors that comprise a nucleic acid molecule encoding any of the previously described TFP molecules.
  • the vector is selected from the group consisting of a DNA, a RNA, a plasmid, a lentivirus vector, adenoviral vector, or a retrovirus vector.
  • the vector further comprises a promoter.
  • the vector is an in vitro transcribed vector.
  • a nucleic acid sequence in the vector further comprises a poly(A) tail.
  • a nucleic acid sequence in the vector further comprises a 3’UTR.
  • cells that comprise any of the described vectors.
  • the cell is a human T cell.
  • the cell is a CD8+ or CD4+ T cell.
  • the cell is a CD8+ CD4+ T cell.
  • the cell is a naive T-cell, memory stem T cell, central memory T cell, double negative T cell, effector memory T cell, effector T cell, ThO cell, TcO cell, Th1 cell, Tc1 cell, Th2 cell, Tc2 cell, Th17 cell, Th22 cell, gamma/delta T cell, alpha/beta T cell, natural killer (NK) cell, natural killer T (NKT) cell, hematopoietic stem cell and pluripotent stem cell.
  • NK natural killer
  • NKT natural killer T
  • the cells further comprise a nucleic acid encoding an inhibitory molecule that comprises a first polypeptide that comprises at least a portion of an inhibitory molecule, associated with a second polypeptide that comprises a positive signal from an intracellular signaling domain.
  • the inhibitory molecule comprises a first polypeptide that comprises at least a portion of PD1 and a second polypeptide comprising a costimulatory domain and primary signaling domain.
  • isolated TFP molecules that comprise a human or humanized anti-mesothelin binding domain, a TCR extracellular domain, a transmembrane domain, and an intracellular signaling domain, wherein the TFP molecule is capable of functionally interacting with an endogenous TCR complex and/or at least one endogenous TCR polypeptide.
  • isolated TFP molecules that comprise a human or humanized anti-mesothelin binding domain, a TCR extracellular domain, a transmembrane domain, and an intracellular signaling domain, wherein the TFP molecule is capable of functionally integrating into an endogenous TCR complex.
  • human CD8+ or CD4+ T cells that comprise at least two TFP molecules, the TFP molecules comprising a human or humanized anti-mesothelin binding domain, a TCR extracellular domain, a transmembrane domain, and an intracellular domain, wherein the TFP molecule is capable of functionally interacting with an endogenous TCR complex and/or at least one endogenous TCR polypeptide in, at and/or on the surface of the human CD8+ or CD4+ T cell.
  • protein complexes that comprise i) a TFP molecule comprising a human or humanized anti-mesothelin binding domain, a TCR extracellular domain, a transmembrane domain, and an intracellular domain; and ii) at least one endogenous TCR complex.
  • the TCR comprises an extracellular domain or portion thereof of a protein selected from the group consisting of the alpha or beta chain of the T cell receptor, CD3 delta, CD3 epsilon, or CD3 gamma.
  • the anti-mesothelin binding domain is connected to the TCR extracellular domain by a linker sequence.
  • the linker sequence comprises a long linker (LL) sequence.
  • the linker sequence comprises a short linker (SL) sequence.
  • a population of human CD8+ or CD4+ T cells wherein the T cells of the population individually or collectively comprise at least two TFP molecules, the TFP molecules comprising a human or humanized anti-mesothelin binding domain, a TCR extracellular domain, a transmembrane domain, and an intracellular domain, wherein the TFP molecule is capable of functionally interacting with an endogenous TCR complex and/or at least one endogenous TCR polypeptide in, at and/or on the surface of the human CD8+ or CD4+ T cell.
  • a population of human CD8+ or CD4+ T cells wherein the T cells of the population individually or collectively comprise at least two TFP molecules encoded by an isolated nucleic acid molecule provided herein.
  • methods of making a cell comprising transducing a T cell with any of the described vectors.
  • methods of generating a population of RNA-engineered cells that comprise introducing an in vitro transcribed RNA or synthetic RNA into a cell, where the RNA comprises a nucleic acid encoding any of the described TFP molecules.
  • provided herein are methods of providing an anti-tumor immunity in a mammal that comprise administering to the mammal an effective amount of a cell expressing any of the described TFP molecules.
  • the cell is an autologous T cell.
  • the cell is an allogeneic T cell.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • methods of treating a mammal having a disease associated with expression of mesothelin that comprise administering to the mammal an effective amount of the cell of comprising any of the described TFP molecules.
  • the disease associated with mesothelin expression is selected from a proliferative disease such as a cancer or malignancy or a precancerous condition such as a pancreatic cancer, an ovarian cancer, a stomach cancer, a lung cancer, or an endometrial cancer, or is a non-cancer related indication associated with expression of mesothelin.
  • a proliferative disease such as a cancer or malignancy or a precancerous condition such as a pancreatic cancer, an ovarian cancer, a stomach cancer, a lung cancer, or an endometrial cancer
  • the cells expressing any of the described TFP molecules are administered in combination with an agent that ameliorates one or more side effects associated with administration of a cell expressing a TFP molecule.
  • the cells expressing any of the described TFP molecules are administered in combination with an agent that treats the disease associated with mesothelin.
  • the term “a” and “an” refers to one or to more than one (e.g., to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article.
  • an element means one element or more than one element.
  • “about” can mean plus or minus less than 1 or 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, or greater than 30 percent, depending upon the situation and known or knowable by one skilled in the art.
  • “subject” or “subjects” or “individuals” may include, but are not limited to, mammals such as humans or non-human mammals, e.g., domesticated, agricultural or wild, animals, as well as birds, and aquatic animals. “Patients” are subjects suffering from or at risk of developing a disease, disorder or condition or otherwise in need of the compositions and methods provided herein.
  • treating refers to any indicia of success in the treatment or amelioration of the disease or condition. Treating can include, for example, reducing, delaying or alleviating the severity of one or more symptoms of the disease or condition, or it can include reducing the frequency with which symptoms of a disease, defect, disorder, or adverse condition, and the like, are experienced by a patient.
  • treat or prevent is sometimes used herein to refer to a method that results in some level of treatment or amelioration of the disease or condition, and contemplates a range of results directed to that end, including but not restricted to prevention of the condition entirely.
  • preventing refers to the prevention of the disease or condition, e.g., tumor formation, in the patient. For example, if an individual at risk of developing a tumor or other form of cancer is treated with the methods of the present disclosure and does not later develop the tumor or other form of cancer, then the disease has been prevented, at least over a period of time, in that individual.
  • antigen-binding domain means the portion of an antibody that is capable of specifically binding to an antigen or epitope.
  • an antigen-binding domain is an antigen- binding domain formed by a VH -VL dimer of an antibody.
  • an antigen-binding domain is an antigen-binding domain formed by diversification of certain loops from the tenth fibronectin type III domain of an AdnectinTM.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” is the amount of a composition or an active component thereof sufficient to provide a beneficial effect or to otherwise reduce a detrimental non- beneficial event to the individual to whom the composition is administered.
  • therapeutically effective dose herein is meant a dose that produces one or more desired or desirable (e.g., beneficial) effects for which it is administered, such administration occurring one or more times over a given period of time.
  • a “T cell receptor (TCR) fusion protein” or “TFP” includes a recombinant polypeptide derived from the various polypeptides comprising the TCR that is generally capable of i) binding to a surface antigen on target cells and ii) interacting with other polypeptide components of the intact TCR complex, typically when co-located in or on the surface of a T cell.
  • a “TFP T cell” is a T cell that has been transduced (e.g., according to the methods disclosed herein) and that expresses a TFP, e.g., incorporated into the natural TCR.
  • the T cell is a CD4+ T cell, a CD8+ T cell, or a CD4+ / CD8+ T cell.
  • the TFP T cell is an NK cell.
  • the TFP T cell is a gamma-delta T cell.
  • the term “mesothelin” also known as MSLN or CAK1 antigen or Pre-pro- megakaryocyte-potentiating factor, refers to the protein that in humans is encoded by the MSLN (or Megakaryocyte-potentiating factor (MPF)) gene.
  • MSLN Megakaryocyte-potentiating factor
  • Mesothelin is a 40 kDa protein present on normal mesothelial cells and overexpressed in several human tumors, including mesothelioma and ovarian and pancreatic adenocarcinoma.
  • the mesothelin gene encodes a precursor protein that is processed to yield mesothelin which is attached to the cell membrane by a glycophosphatidylinositol linkage and a 31-kDa shed fragment named megakaryocyte-potentiating factor (MPF).
  • MPF megakaryocyte-potentiating factor
  • Mesothelin may be involved in cell adhesion, but its biological function is not known.
  • Mesothelin is a tumor differentiation antigen that is normally present on the mesothelial cells lining the pleura, peritoneum and pericardium.
  • Mesothelin is an antigenic determinant detectable on mesothelioma cells, ovarian cancer cells, pancreatic adenocarcinoma cell and some squamous cell carcinomas (see, e.g., Kojima et al., J. Biol. Chem.270:21984-21990(1995) and Onda et al., Clin. Cancer Res.12:4225-4231(2006)).
  • Mesothelin interacts with CA125/MUC16 (see, e.g., Rump et al., J. Biol. Chem.279:9190-9198(2004) and Ma et al., J. Biol.
  • the human and murine amino acid and nucleic acid sequences can be found in a public database, such as GenBank, UniProt and Swiss-Prot.
  • amino acid sequence of human mesothelin can be found as UniProt/Swiss-Prot Accession No. Q13421.
  • the human mesothelin polypeptide canonical sequence is UniProt Accession No.
  • Q13421 (or Q13421-1): MALPTARPLLGSCGTPALGSLLFLLFSLGWVQPSRTLAGETGQEAAPLDGVLANPPNISSLSP RQLLGFPCAEVSGLSTERVRELAVALAQKNVKLSTEQLRCLAHRLSEPPEDLDALPLDLLLF LNPDAFSGPQACTRFFSRITKANVDLLPRGAPERQRLLPAALACWGVRGSLLSEADVRALG GLACDLPGRFVAESAEVLLPRLVSCPGPLDQDQQEAARAALQGGGPPYGPPSTWSVSTMDA LRGLLPVLGQPIIRSIPQGIVAAWRQRSSRDPSWRQPERTILRPRFRREVEKTACPSGKKAREI DESLIFYKKWELEACVDAALLATQMDRVNAIPFTYEQLDVLKHKLDELYPQGYPESVIQHL GYLFLKMSPEDIRKWNVTSLETLKALLEVNKGHEMSPQAPRRPLPQVATLIDRFVKGRGQL DKDTLDTL
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding human mesothelin transcript variant 1 can be found at Accession No. NM005823.
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding human mesothelin transcript variant 2 can be found at Accession No. NM013404.
  • the nucleotide sequence encoding human mesothelin transcript variant 3 can be found at Accession No. NM001177355.
  • Mesothelin is expressed on mesothelioma cells, ovarian cancer cells, pancreatic adenocarcinoma cell and squamous cell carcinomas (see, e.g., Kojima et al., J. Biol. Chem.
  • the antigen-binding portion of TFPs recognizes and binds an epitope within the extracellular domain of the mesothelin protein as expressed on a normal or malignant mesothelioma cell, ovarian cancer cell, pancreatic adenocarcinoma cell, or squamous cell carcinoma cell.
  • antibody refers to a protein, or polypeptide sequences derived from an immunoglobulin molecule, which specifically binds to an antigen. Antibodies can be intact immunoglobulins of polyclonal or monoclonal origin, or fragments thereof and can be derived from natural or from recombinant sources.
  • antibody fragment refers to at least one portion of an antibody, or recombinant variants thereof, that contains the antigen binding domain, e.g., an antigenic determining variable region of an intact antibody, that is sufficient to confer recognition and specific binding of the antibody fragment to a target, such as an antigen and its defined epitope.
  • antibody fragments include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab’, F(ab’) 2 , and Fv fragments, single-chain (sc)Fv (“scFv”) antibody fragments, linear antibodies, single domain antibodies (abbreviated “sdAb”) (either VL or VH), camelid VHH domains, and multi-specific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • scFv refers to a fusion protein comprising at least one antibody fragment comprising a variable region of a light chain and at least one antibody fragment comprising a variable region of a heavy chain, wherein the light and heavy chain variable regions are contiguously linked via a short flexible polypeptide linker, and capable of being expressed as a single polypeptide chain, and wherein the scFv retains the specificity of the intact antibody from which it is derived.
  • “Heavy chain variable region” or “VH” refers to the fragment of the heavy chain that contains three CDRs interposed between flanking stretches known as framework regions, these framework regions are generally more highly conserved than the CDRs and form a scaffold to support the CDRs.
  • a scFv may have the VL and VH variable regions in either order, e.g., with respect to the N-terminal and C-terminal ends of the polypeptide, the scFv may comprise VL-linker-VH or may comprise VH-linker-VL.
  • the portion of the TFP composition of the disclosure comprising an antibody or antibody fragment thereof may exist in a variety of forms where the antigen binding domain is expressed as part of a contiguous polypeptide chain including, for example, a single domain antibody fragment (sdAb) or heavy chain antibodies HCAb, a single chain antibody (scFv) derived from a murine, humanized or human antibody (Harlow et al., 1999, In: Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, N.Y.; Harlow et al., 1989, In: Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; Houston et al., 1988, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • sdAb single domain antibody fragment
  • HCAb heavy chain antibodies
  • scFv single chain antibody
  • the antigen binding domain of a TFP composition of the disclosure comprises an antibody fragment.
  • the TFP comprises an antibody fragment that comprises a scFv or a sdAb.
  • the term “antigen” or “Ag” refers to a molecule that is capable of being bound specifically by an antibody, or otherwise provokes an immune response. This immune response may involve either antibody production, or the activation of specific immunologically-competent cells, or both.
  • any macromolecule including virtually all proteins or peptides, can serve as an antigen.
  • antigens can be derived from recombinant or genomic DNA.
  • any DNA which comprises a nucleotide sequences or a partial nucleotide sequence encoding a protein that elicits an immune response therefore encodes an “antigen” as that term is used herein.
  • an antigen need not be encoded solely by a full length nucleotide sequence of a gene. It is readily apparent that the present disclosure includes, but is not limited to, the use of partial nucleotide sequences of more than one gene and that these nucleotide sequences are arranged in various combinations to encode polypeptides that elicit the desired immune response.
  • an antigen need not be encoded by a “gene” at all. It is readily apparent that an antigen can be generated synthesized or can be derived from a biological sample, or might be macromolecule besides a polypeptide. Such a biological sample can include, but is not limited to a tissue sample, a tumor sample, a cell or a fluid with other biological components.
  • anti-tumor effect refers to a biological effect which can be manifested by various means, including but not limited to, e.g., a decrease in tumor volume, a decrease in the number of tumor cells, a decrease in the number of metastases, an increase in life expectancy, decrease in tumor cell proliferation, decrease in tumor cell survival, or amelioration of various physiological symptoms associated with the cancerous condition.
  • An “anti-tumor effect” can also be manifested by the ability of the peptides, polynucleotides, cells and antibodies of the disclosure in prevention of the occurrence of tumor in the first place.
  • autologous refers to any material derived from the same individual to whom it is later to be re-introduced into the individual.
  • allogeneic refers to any material derived from a different animal of the same species or different patient as the individual to whom the material is introduced. Two or more individuals are said to be allogeneic to one another when the genes at one or more loci are not identical. In some aspects, allogeneic material from individuals of the same species may be sufficiently unlike genetically to interact antigenically.
  • xenogeneic refers to a graft derived from an animal of a different species.
  • cancer refers to a disease characterized by the rapid and uncontrolled growth of aberrant cells. Cancer cells can spread locally or through the bloodstream and lymphatic system to other parts of the body. Examples of various cancers are described herein and include but are not limited to, breast cancer, prostate cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, skin cancer, pancreatic cancer, colorectal cancer, renal cancer, liver cancer, brain cancer, lung cancer, and the like.
  • the phrase “disease associated with expression of mesothelin” includes, but is not limited to, a disease associated with expression of mesothelin or condition associated with cells which express mesothelin including, e.g., proliferative diseases such as a cancer or malignancy or a precancerous condition.
  • the cancer is a mesothelioma.
  • the cancer is a pancreatic cancer.
  • the cancer is an ovarian cancer.
  • the cancer is a stomach cancer.
  • the cancer is a lung cancer.
  • the cancer is an endometrial cancer.
  • Non-cancer related indications associated with expression of mesothelin include, but are not limited to, e.g., autoimmune disease, (e.g., lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, colitis), inflammatory disorders (allergy and asthma), and transplantation.
  • autoimmune disease e.g., lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, colitis
  • inflammatory disorders e.g., IL-1, asthma
  • transplantation e.g., transplantation.
  • conservative sequence modifications refers to amino acid modifications that do not significantly affect or alter the binding characteristics of the antibody or antibody fragment containing the amino acid sequence. Such conservative modifications include amino acid substitutions, additions and deletions. Modifications can be introduced into an antibody or antibody fragment of the disclosure by standard techniques known in the art, such as site-directed mutagenesis and PCR- mediated mutagenesis.
  • Conservative amino acid substitutions are ones in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain.
  • Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art. These families include amino acids with basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine, tryptophan), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine).
  • basic side chains
  • stimulation refers to a primary response induced by binding of a stimulatory domain or stimulatory molecule (e.g., a TCR/CD3 complex) with its cognate ligand thereby mediating a signal transduction event, such as, but not limited to, signal transduction via the TCR/CD3 complex. Stimulation can mediate altered expression of certain molecules, and/or reorganization of cytoskeletal structures, and the like.
  • a stimulatory domain or stimulatory molecule e.g., a TCR/CD3 complex
  • the term “stimulatory molecule” or “stimulatory domain” refers to a molecule or portion thereof expressed by a T cell that provides the primary cytoplasmic signaling sequence(s) that regulate primary activation of the TCR complex in a stimulatory way for at least some aspect of the T cell signaling pathway.
  • the primary signal is initiated by, for instance, binding of a TCR/CD3 complex with an MHC molecule loaded with peptide, and which leads to mediation of a T cell response, including, but not limited to, proliferation, activation, differentiation, and the like.
  • a primary cytoplasmic signaling sequence (also referred to as a “primary signaling domain”) that acts in a stimulatory manner may contain a signaling motif which is known as immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif or “ITAM”.
  • ITAM immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif
  • Examples of an ITAM containing primary cytoplasmic signaling sequence that is of particular use in the disclosure includes, but is not limited to, those derived from TCR zeta, FcR gamma, FcR beta, CD3 gamma, CD3 delta, CD3 epsilon, CD5, CD22, CD79a, CD79b, CD278 (also known as “ICOS”) and CD66d.
  • the term “antigen presenting cell” or “APC” refers to an immune system cell such as an accessory cell (e.g., a B-cell, a dendritic cell, and the like) that displays a foreign antigen complexed with major histocompatibility complexes (MHC’s) on its surface. T cells may recognize these complexes using their T cell receptors (TCRs). APCs process antigens and present them to T cells.
  • the intracellular signaling domain generates a signal that promotes an immune effector function of the TFP containing cell, e.g., a TFP-expressing T cell.
  • immune effector function e.g., in a TFP-expressing T cell
  • examples of immune effector function, e.g., in a TFP-expressing T cell include cytolytic activity and T helper cell activity, including the secretion of cytokines.
  • the intracellular signaling domain can comprise a primary intracellular signaling domain. Exemplary primary intracellular signaling domains include those derived from the molecules responsible for primary stimulation, or antigen dependent simulation.
  • the intracellular signaling domain can comprise a costimulatory intracellular domain. Exemplary costimulatory intracellular signaling domains include those derived from molecules responsible for costimulatory signals, or antigen independent stimulation.
  • a primary intracellular signaling domain can comprise an ITAM (“immunoreceptor tyrosine- based activation motif”).
  • ITAM containing primary cytoplasmic signaling sequences include, but are not limited to, those derived from CD3 zeta, FcR gamma, FcR beta, CD3 gamma, CD3 delta, CD3 epsilon, CD5, CD22, CD79a, CD79b, and CD66d DAP10 and DAP12.
  • costimulatory molecule refers to the cognate binding partner on a T cell that specifically binds with a costimulatory ligand, thereby mediating a costimulatory response by the T cell, such as, but not limited to, proliferation.
  • Costimulatory molecules are cell surface molecules other than antigen receptors or their ligands that are required for an efficient immune response.
  • Costimulatory molecules include, but are not limited to an MHC class 1 molecule, BTLA and a Toll ligand receptor, as well as DAP10, DAP12, CD30, LIGHT, OX40, CD2, CD27, CD28, CDS, ICAM- 1, LFA-1 (CD11a/CD18) and 4-1BB (CD137).
  • a costimulatory intracellular signaling domain can be the intracellular portion of a costimulatory molecule.
  • a costimulatory molecule can be represented in the following protein families: TNF receptor proteins, Immunoglobulin-like proteins, cytokine receptors, integrins, signaling lymphocytic activation molecules (SLAM proteins), and activating NK cell receptors.
  • Examples of such molecules include CD27, CD28, 4-1BB (CD137), OX40, GITR, CD30, CD40, ICOS, BAFFR, HVEM, lymphocyte function-associated antigen-1 (LFA-1), CD2, CD7, LIGHT, NKG2C, SLAMF7, NKp80, CD160, B7-H3, and a ligand that specifically binds with CD83, and the like.
  • the intracellular signaling domain can comprise the entire intracellular portion, or the entire native intracellular signaling domain, of the molecule from which it is derived, or a functional fragment thereof.
  • 4-1BB refers to a member of the TNFR superfamily with an amino acid sequence provided as GenBank Acc. No.
  • AAA62478.2 or the equivalent residues from a non-human species, e.g., mouse, rodent, monkey, ape and the like; and a “4-1BB costimulatory domain” is defined as amino acid residues 214-255 of GenBank Acc. No. AAA62478.2, or equivalent residues from non- human species, e.g., mouse, rodent, monkey, ape and the like.
  • the term “encoding” refers to the inherent property of specific sequences of nucleotides in a polynucleotide, such as a gene, a cDNA, or an mRNA, to serve as templates for synthesis of other polymers and macromolecules in biological processes having either a defined sequence of nucleotides (e.g., rRNA, tRNA and mRNA) or a defined sequence of amino acids and the biological properties resulting therefrom.
  • a gene, cDNA, or RNA encodes a protein if transcription and translation of mRNA corresponding to that gene produces the protein in a cell or other biological system.
  • nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence includes all nucleotide sequences that are degenerate versions of each other and that encode the same amino acid sequence.
  • nucleotide sequence that encodes a protein or an RNA may also include introns to the extent that the nucleotide sequence encoding the protein may in some version contain one or more introns.
  • the term “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount” are used interchangeably herein, and refer to an amount of a compound, formulation, material, or composition, as described herein effective to achieve a particular biological or therapeutic result.
  • the term “endogenous” refers to any material from or produced inside an organism, cell, tissue or system.
  • the term “exogenous” refers to any material introduced from or produced outside an organism, cell, tissue or system.
  • the term “expression” refers to the transcription and/or translation of a particular nucleotide sequence driven by a promoter.
  • transfer vector refers to a composition of matter which comprises an isolated nucleic acid and which can be used to deliver the isolated nucleic acid to the interior of a cell.
  • Numerous vectors are known in the art including, but not limited to, linear polynucleotides, polynucleotides associated with ionic or amphiphilic compounds, plasmids, and viruses.
  • the term “transfer vector” includes an autonomously replicating plasmid or a virus.
  • the term should also be construed to further include non-plasmid and non-viral compounds which facilitate transfer of nucleic acid into cells, such as, for example, a polylysine compound, liposome, and the like.
  • viral transfer vectors examples include, but are not limited to, adenoviral vectors, adeno-associated virus vectors, retroviral vectors, lentiviral vectors, and the like.
  • expression vector refers to a vector comprising a recombinant polynucleotide comprising expression control sequences operatively linked to a nucleotide sequence to be expressed.
  • An expression vector comprises sufficient cis-acting elements for expression; other elements for expression can be supplied by the host cell or in an in vitro expression system.
  • Expression vectors include all those known in the art, including cosmids, plasmids (e.g., naked or contained in liposomes) and viruses (e.g., lentiviruses, retroviruses, adenoviruses, and adeno-associated viruses) that incorporate the recombinant polynucleotide.
  • viruses e.g., lentiviruses, retroviruses, adenoviruses, and adeno-associated viruses
  • lentivirus refers to a genus of the Retroviridae family. Lentiviruses are unique among the retroviruses in being able to infect non-dividing cells; they can deliver a significant amount of genetic information into the DNA of the host cell, so they are one of the most efficient methods of a gene delivery vector.
  • lentiviral vector refers to a vector derived from at least a portion of a lentivirus genome, including especially a self-inactivating lentiviral vector as provided in Milone et al., Mol. Ther. 17(8): 1453-1464 (2009).
  • Other examples of lentivirus vectors that may be used in the clinic include but are not limited to, e.g., the LENTIVECTOR TM gene delivery technology from Oxford BioMedica, the LENTIMAX TM vector system from Lentigen, and the like. Nonclinical types of lentiviral vectors are also available and would be known to one skilled in the art.
  • homologous refers to the subunit sequence identity between two polymeric molecules, e.g., between two nucleic acid molecules, such as, two DNA molecules or two RNA molecules, or between two polypeptide molecules.
  • two nucleic acid molecules such as, two DNA molecules or two RNA molecules
  • polypeptide molecules between two polypeptide molecules.
  • a subunit position in both of the two molecules is occupied by the same monomeric subunit; e.g., if a position in each of two DNA molecules is occupied by adenine, then they are homologous or identical at that position.
  • the homology between two sequences is a direct function of the number of matching or homologous positions; e.g., if half (e.g., five positions in a polymer ten subunits in length) of the positions in two sequences are homologous, the two sequences are 50% homologous; if 90% of the positions (e.g., 9 of 10), are matched or homologous, the two sequences are 90% homologous.
  • “Humanized” forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric immunoglobulins, immunoglobulin chains or fragments thereof (such as Fv, Fab, Fab’, F(ab’)2 or other antigen-binding subsequences of antibodies) which contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
  • humanized antibodies and antibody fragments thereof are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody or antibody fragment) in which residues from a complementary- determining region (CDR) of the recipient are replaced by residues from a CDR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat or rabbit having the desired specificity, affinity, and capacity.
  • Fv framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues.
  • a humanized antibody/antibody fragment can comprise residues which are found neither in the recipient antibody nor in the imported CDR or framework sequences. These modifications can further refine and optimize antibody or antibody fragment performance.
  • the humanized antibody or antibody fragment thereof will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the CDR regions correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin and all or a significant portion of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence.
  • the humanized antibody or antibody fragment can also comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
  • “Human” or “fully human” refers to an immunoglobulin, such as an antibody or antibody fragment, where the whole molecule is of human origin or consists of an amino acid sequence identical to a human form of the antibody or immunoglobulin.
  • isolated means altered or removed from the natural state.
  • nucleic acid or a peptide naturally present in a living animal is not “isolated,” but the same nucleic acid or peptide partially or completely separated from the coexisting materials of its natural state is “isolated.”
  • An isolated nucleic acid or protein can exist in substantially purified form, or can exist in a non-native environment such as, for example, a host cell.
  • nucleic acid bases are used. “A” refers to adenosine, “C” refers to cytosine, “G” refers to guanosine, “T” refers to thymidine, and “U” refers to uridine.
  • operably linked refers to functional linkage between a regulatory sequence and a heterologous nucleic acid sequence resulting in expression of the latter.
  • a first nucleic acid sequence is operably linked with a second nucleic acid sequence when the first nucleic acid sequence is placed in a functional relationship with the second nucleic acid sequence.
  • a promoter is operably linked to a coding sequence if the promoter affects the transcription or expression of the coding sequence.
  • Operably linked DNA sequences can be contiguous with each other and, e.g., where necessary to join two protein coding regions, are in the same reading frame.
  • nucleic acid or “polynucleotide” refers to deoxyribonucleic acids (DNA) or ribonucleic acids (RNA) and polymers thereof in either single- or double-stranded form. Unless specifically limited, the term encompasses nucleic acids containing known analogues of natural nucleotides that have similar binding properties as the reference nucleic acid and are metabolized in a manner similar to naturally occurring nucleotides.
  • nucleic acid sequence also implicitly encompasses conservatively modified variants thereof (e.g., degenerate codon substitutions), alleles, orthologs, SNPs, and complementary sequences as well as the sequence explicitly indicated.
  • degenerate codon substitutions may be achieved by generating sequences in which the third position of one or more selected (or all) codons is substituted with mixed- base and/or deoxyinosine residues (Batzer et al., Nucleic Acid Res.19:5081 (1991); Ohtsuka et al., J. Biol. Chem.260:2605-2608 (1985); and Rossolini et al., Mol. Cell.
  • peptide refers to a compound comprised of amino acid residues covalently linked by peptide bonds.
  • a protein or peptide must contain at least two amino acids, and no limitation is placed on the maximum number of amino acids that can comprise a protein’s or peptide’s sequence.
  • Polypeptides include any peptide or protein comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds.
  • polypeptides include, for example, biologically active fragments, substantially homologous polypeptides, oligopeptides, homodimers, heterodimers, variants of polypeptides, modified polypeptides, derivatives, analogs, fusion proteins, among others.
  • a polypeptide includes a natural peptide, a recombinant peptide, or a combination thereof.
  • promoter refers to a DNA sequence recognized by the transcription machinery of the cell, or introduced synthetic machinery, required to initiate the specific transcription of a polynucleotide sequence.
  • promoter/regulatory sequence refers to a nucleic acid sequence which is required for expression of a gene product operably linked to the promoter/regulatory sequence. In some instances, this sequence may be the core promoter sequence and in other instances, this sequence may also include an enhancer sequence and other regulatory elements which are required for expression of the gene product.
  • the promoter/regulatory sequence may, for example, be one which expresses the gene product in a tissue specific manner.
  • the term “constitutive” promoter refers to a nucleotide sequence which, when operably linked with a polynucleotide which encodes or specifies a gene product, causes the gene product to be produced in a cell under most or all physiological conditions of the cell.
  • the term “inducible” promoter refers to a nucleotide sequence which, when operably linked with a polynucleotide which encodes or specifies a gene product, causes the gene product to be produced in a cell substantially only when an inducer which corresponds to the promoter is present in the cell.
  • tissue-specific promoter refers to a nucleotide sequence which, when operably linked with a polynucleotide encodes or specified by a gene, causes the gene product to be produced in a cell substantially only if the cell is a cell of the tissue type corresponding to the promoter.
  • linker and “flexible polypeptide linker” as used in the context of a scFv refers to a peptide linker that consists of amino acids such as glycine and/or serine residues used alone or in combination, to link variable heavy and variable light chain regions together.
  • the flexible polypeptide linkers include, but are not limited to, (Gly4Ser)4 or (Gly4Ser)3.
  • the linkers include multiple repeats of (Gly 2 Ser), (GlySer) or (Gly 3 Ser).
  • a 5’ cap (also termed an RNA cap, an RNA 7-methylguanosine cap or an RNA m7G cap) is a modified guanine nucleotide that has been added to the “front” or 5’ end of a eukaryotic messenger RNA shortly after the start of transcription.
  • the 5’ cap consists of a terminal group which is linked to the first transcribed nucleotide.
  • in vitro transcribed RNA refers to RNA, preferably mRNA, which has been synthesized in vitro.
  • the in vitro transcribed RNA is generated from an in vitro transcription vector.
  • the in vitro transcription vector comprises a template that is used to generate the in vitro transcribed RNA.
  • a “poly(A)” is a series of adenosines attached by polyadenylation to the mRNA.
  • the polyA is between 50 and 5000, preferably greater than 64, more preferably greater than 100, most preferably greater than 300 or 400.
  • Poly(A) sequences can be modified chemically or enzymatically to modulate mRNA functionality such as localization, stability or efficiency of translation.
  • polyadenylation refers to the covalent linkage of a polyadenylyl moiety, or its modified variant, to a messenger RNA molecule.
  • mRNA messenger RNA
  • the 3’ poly(A) tail is a long sequence of adenine nucleotides (often several hundred) added to the pre-mRNA through the action of an enzyme, polyadenylate polymerase.
  • poly(A) tail is added onto transcripts that contain a specific sequence, the polyadenylation signal.
  • Polyadenylation is also important for transcription termination, export of the mRNA from the nucleus, and translation. Polyadenylation occurs in the nucleus immediately after transcription of DNA into RNA, but additionally can also occur later in the cytoplasm.
  • the mRNA chain is cleaved through the action of an endonuclease complex associated with RNA polymerase.
  • the cleavage site is usually characterized by the presence of the base sequence AAUAAA near the cleavage site.
  • adenosine residues are added to the free 3’ end at the cleavage site.
  • transient refers to expression of a non-integrated transgene for a period of hours, days or weeks, wherein the period of time of expression is less than the period of time for expression of the gene if integrated into the genome or contained within a stable plasmid replicon in the host cell.
  • signal transduction pathway refers to the biochemical relationship between a variety of signal transduction molecules that play a role in the transmission of a signal from one portion of a cell to another portion of a cell.
  • cell surface receptor includes molecules and complexes of molecules capable of receiving a signal and transmitting signal across the membrane of a cell.
  • the term “subject” is intended to include living organisms in which an immune response can be elicited (e.g., mammals, human). Exemplary subjects include humans, monkeys, dogs, cats, mice, rats, cows, horses, camels, goats, rabbits, and sheep. In certain embodiments, the subject is a human.
  • a “patient” is a subject suffering from or at risk of developing a disease, disorder or condition or otherwise in need of the compositions and methods provided herein.
  • a “substantially purified” cell refers to a cell that is essentially free of other cell types. A substantially purified cell also refers to a cell which has been separated from other cell types with which it is normally associated in its naturally occurring state.
  • a population of substantially purified cells refers to a homogenous population of cells. In other instances, this term refers simply to cell that have been separated from the cells with which they are naturally associated in their natural state. In some aspects, the cells are cultured in vitro. In other aspects, the cells are not cultured in vitro.
  • therapeutic means a treatment. A therapeutic effect is obtained by reduction, suppression, remission, or eradication of a disease state.
  • prophylaxis as used herein means the prevention of or protective treatment for a disease or disease state.
  • tumor antigen or “hyperproliferative disorder antigen” or “antigen associated with a hyperproliferative disorder” refers to antigens that are common to specific hyperproliferative disorders.
  • the hyperproliferative disorder antigens of the present disclosure are derived from, cancers including but not limited to primary or metastatic melanoma, thymoma, lymphoma, sarcoma, mesothelioma, renal cell carcinoma, stomach cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, gastric cancer, ovarian cancer, NHL, leukemia, uterine cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, cervical cancer, bladder cancer, kidney cancer, brain cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, endometrial cancer, and stomach cancer.
  • cancers including but not limited to primary or metastatic melanoma, thymoma, lymphoma, sarcoma, mesothelioma, renal cell carcinoma, stomach cancer, breast cancer, lung cancer, gastric cancer, ovarian cancer, NHL, leukemia, uterine cancer, prostate cancer, colon cancer, cervical cancer, bladder cancer, kidney cancer, brain cancer, liver cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, endometrial cancer, and stomach cancer
  • composition refers to a preparation which is in such form as to permit the biological activity of an active ingredient contained therein to be effective in treating a subject, and which contains no additional components which are unacceptably toxic to the subject in the amounts provided in the pharmaceutical composition.
  • modulate and “modulation” refer to reducing or inhibiting or, alternatively, activating or increasing, a recited variable.
  • the terms “increase” and “activate” refer to an increase of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, 50-fold, 100- fold, or greater in a recited variable.
  • the terms “reduce” and “inhibit” refer to a decrease of 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 2-fold, 3-fold, 4-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 20-fold, 50-fold, 100-fold, or greater in a recited variable.
  • the term “agonize” refers to the activation of receptor signaling to induce a biological response associated with activation of the receptor.
  • An “agonist” is an entity that binds to and agonizes a receptor.
  • the term “antagonize” refers to the inhibition of receptor signaling to inhibit a biological response associated with activation of the receptor.
  • An “antagonist” is an entity that binds to and antagonizes a receptor.
  • effector T cell includes T helper (e.g., CD4+) cells and cytotoxic (e.g., CD8+) T cells.
  • CD4+ effector T cells contribute to the development of several immunologic processes, including maturation of B cells into plasma cells and memory B cells, and activation of cytotoxic T cells and macrophages.
  • CD8+ effector T cells destroy virus-infected cells and tumor cells. See Seder and Ahmed, Nature Immunol., 2003, 4:835-842, incorporated by reference in its entirety, for additional information on effector T cells.
  • the term “regulatory T cell” includes cells that regulate immunological tolerance, for example, by suppressing effector T cells.
  • the regulatory T cell has a CD4+CD25+Foxp3+ phenotype.
  • the regulatory T cell has a CD8+CD25+ phenotype.
  • the disease is a cancer selected from the group consisting of mesothelioma, papillary serous ovarian adenocarcinoma, clear cell ovarian carcinoma, mixed Mullerian ovarian carcinoma, endometroid mucinous ovarian carcinoma, malignant pleural disease, pancreatic adenocarcinoma, ductal pancreatic adenocarcinoma, uterine serous carcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, extrahepatic bile duct carcinoma, gastric adenocarcinoma, esophageal adenocarcinoma, colorectal adenocarcinoma, breast adenocarcinoma, a disease associated with mesothelin expression, and combinations thereof, a disease associated with mesothelin expression, and
  • transfected or “transformed” or “transduced” refers to a process by which exogenous nucleic acid is transferred or introduced into the host cell.
  • a “transfected” or “transformed” or “transduced” cell is one which has been transfected, transformed or transduced with exogenous nucleic acid.
  • the cell includes the primary subject cell and its progeny.
  • the term “specifically binds,” refers to an antibody, an antibody fragment or a specific ligand, which recognizes and binds a cognate binding partner (e.g., mesothelin) present in a sample, but which does not necessarily and substantially recognize or bind other molecules in the sample.
  • a cognate binding partner e.g., mesothelin
  • line of therapy refers to a treatment that consists of one or more complete treatment cycles with a single agent, surgery, or ration therapy, a regimen consisting of a combination of several drugs, surgery, or radiation therapy, or a planned sequential therapy of various regimens.
  • a treatment is considered a new line of therapy if any one of the following two conditions are met: (i) Start of a new line of treatment after discontinuation of a previous line of treatment: If a treatment regimen is discontinued for any reason and a different regimen is started, it should be considered a new line of therapy. A regimen is considered to have been discontinued if all the drugs, radiation therapy or surgery in that given regimen have been stopped.
  • a regimen is not considered to have been discontinued if some of the drugs, radiation therapy, or surgery of the regimen, but not all, have been discontinued.
  • the unplanned addition or substitution of one or more drugs, radiation therapy, or surgery in an existing regimen Unplanned addition of a new drug, a new radiation therapy, or a new surgery or unplanned switching to a different drug (or combination of drugs), a different radiation therapy, or a different surgery for any reason is considered a new line of therapy.
  • a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible subranges as well as individual numerical values within that range.
  • description of a range such as from 1 to 6 should be considered to have specifically disclosed subranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, from 3 to 6 etc., as well as individual numbers within that range, for example, 1, 2, 2.7, 3, 4, 5, 5.3, and 6.
  • a range such as 95-99% identity includes something with 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identity, and includes subranges such as 96-99%, 96-98%, 96-97%, 97-99%, 97-98% and 98-99% identity. This applies regardless of the breadth of the range.
  • Mesothelin is a 40 kDa glycosyl-phosphatidyl inositol-linked membrane protein differentiation antigen, whose expression is mostly restricted to mesothelial cells lining the pleura, pericardium and peritoneum in healthy individuals (Chang and Pastan, 1996; Chang et al, 1992; Hassan and Ho, 2008).
  • Mesothelin is overexpressed in multiple cancers, including more than 90% of malignant pleural mesotheliomas (MPMs) and pancreatic adenocarcinomas, approximately 70% of ovarian cancers, and approximately half of non-small cell lung cancers (NSCLCs), among others (Argani et al, 2001; Hassan and Ho, 2008; Hassan et al, 2005; Ordó ⁇ ez, 2003).
  • MCMs malignant pleural mesotheliomas
  • NSCLCs non-small cell lung cancers
  • Therapeutic modalities include antibodies, recombinant immunotoxins, and CAR T cells.
  • aberrant mesothelin expression plays an active role in both malignant transformation and tumor aggressiveness by promoting cancer cell proliferation, invasion, and metastasis.
  • Mesothelin expression is normally restricted to serosal cells of the pleura, peritoneum, and pericardium.
  • Mesothelin is highly expressed in a wide range of solid tumors, including epithelioid mesothelioma (95%), extrahepatic biliary cancer (95%), pancreatic adenocarcinoma (85%), serous ovarian adenocarcinoma (75%), lung adenocarcinoma (57%), triple negative breast cancer (66%), endometrial carcinoma (59%), gastric carcinoma (47%), colorectal carcinoma (30%), and others.
  • mesothelin overexpression is associated with poorer prognosis in mesothelioma, ovarian cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, triple-negative breast cancer, and pancreatic adenocarcinoma.
  • mesothelin Given its high expression in tumors and low expression in normal tissue, mesothelin is an attractive target for immunotherapy.
  • CAR chimeric antigen receptor
  • compositions and methods comprising anti-MSLN TFP T cells disclosed herein are a novel cell therapy that consists of genetically engineered T cells that express an antibody domain (e.g., a single-domain antibody or a single chain Fv) that recognizes human mesothelin fused to a TCR subunit (e.g., TCR alpha chain, TCR beta chain, TCR gamma chain, TCR delta chain, CD3 ⁇ , CD3 ⁇ , or CD3 ⁇ subunit) which, upon expression, can be incorporated into the endogenous T cell receptor complex.
  • the antibody domain can comprise an anti-MSLN antigen binding domain.
  • the antibody domain can be a murine, human or humanized antibody domain.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain can be a scFv or a VHH domain.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain can comprise a domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of an anti-MSLN binding domain disclosed herein, e.g., in Table A1.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain can comprise a heavy chain variable domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3, SEQ ID NO: 7, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 15, SEQ ID NO: 19, SEQ ID NO: 23, SEQ ID NO: 27, SEQ ID NO: 33, SEQ ID NO: 35, SEQ ID NO: 46, SEQ ID NO: 47, or SEQ ID NO: 48.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain can comprise a light chain variable domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1, SEQ ID NO: 5, SEQ ID NO: 9, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO: 17, SEQ ID NO: 21, SEQ ID NO: 25, SEQ ID NO: 29, or SEQ ID NO: 31.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain comprises a single-domain antibody comprising a heavy chain variable domain having at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or 100% sequence identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 46.
  • the anti-MSLN binding domain comprises a CDR1 having an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 37, a CDR2 having an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 38, and a CDR3 having an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 39.
  • Mesothelin Expression in Cancer [00167] The expression of mesothelin in cancer has been broadly studied.
  • MPM Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
  • peritoneum peritoneal mesothelioma
  • pericardium pericardial mesothelioma
  • MPM is also associated with frequent alterations in other major tumor suppressor genes, such as p16/Cdkn2a, p19/Arf, p19/Cdkn2b, and NF2.
  • Effective treatment options for patients with MPM are very limited.
  • the standard of care recommended for MPM is palliative chemotherapy with a doublet of platinum salt and an anti-folate.
  • objective response rates are 17% to 40% and the median overall survival (OS) of patients with MPM is 12 to 19 months when systemic chemotherapy is used with or without anti-angiogenic agents or targeted therapy.
  • Anti-CTLA-4 failed to show a survival advantage as second-line therapy in MPM.
  • Anti-programmed death receptor-1 (PD-1) and anti-PD-L1 antibodies are currently being tested in several trials in MPM.
  • Early phase trials with anti-PD-1 or anti-PD-L1 antibodies have shown partial response rates up to 28% and disease control rates up to 76% with median duration of response of 12 months, but confirmatory data are required to validate these agents as the second line treatment of choice in MPM.
  • Non-small Cell Lung Cancer [00169] NSCLC remains the leading cause of cancer-related mortality worldwide, accounting for approximately 18% of all cancer deaths.
  • T cell checkpoint regulators such as CTLA-4 and programmed death- 1 (PD-1, CD279) down- regulate T cell activation and proliferation upon engagement by their cognate ligands.
  • PD-1 and PD-L1 inhibitors are effective against metastatic NSCLC lacking sensitizing EGFR or ALK mutations.
  • Pembrolizumab (Keytruda®, Merck), nivolumab (Opdivo®, Bristol-Myers Squibb), and atezolizumab (Tecentriq®, Genentech) are approved as second-line therapy.
  • tumor proportion score the percentage of tumor cells with membranous PD-L1 staining
  • pembrolizumab has also replaced cytotoxic chemotherapy as the first-line treatment of choice.
  • patients with a tumor proportion score of 50% or greater represent a minority of those with NSCLC.
  • Ovarian cancers can be classified in several subtypes according to their histopathology, which also determines their therapy.
  • Epithelial ovarian cancer comprises 90% of all ovarian malignancies, with other pathologic subtypes such as germ cell and sex-cord stromal tumors being much rarer. It is estimated that 22,240 new diagnoses and 14,070 deaths from ovarian cancer will occur in 2018 in the United States (SEER, 2018).
  • Ovarian cancer is characterized by late-stage presentation (more than 70% of cases), bulky metastatic tumor burden, and frequent recurrence of eventual chemoresistant disease, which result in cure rates below 15% among subjects with stage 3/4 disease.
  • PARP poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase
  • immune-checkpoint inhibitors have ushered in a new wave of drug development in ovarian cancer.
  • the synthetic lethality of BRCA mutated (e.g., deficient) ovarian cancer cells exposed to the PARP inhibitor olaparib resulted in a median PFS of 7 months and median OS of 16.6 months.
  • Efficacy with checkpoint inhibitors in subjects with advanced recurrent ovarian cancer has been modest thus far.
  • Cholangiocarcinoma are biliary epithelial tumors of the intrahepatic, perihilar, and distal biliary tree.
  • Intrahepatic cholangiocarcinomas (20% of cases) arise above the second-order bile ducts, whereas the cystic duct is the anatomical point of distinction between perihilar cholangiocarcinomas (pCCAs) (50%-60%), and distal cholangiocarcinomas (dCCAs; 20-30%).
  • pCCAs perihilar cholangiocarcinomas
  • dCCAs distal cholangiocarcinomas
  • T cell receptor (TCR) fusion proteins T cell receptor (TCR) [00174]
  • TFPs T cell receptor (TCR) fusion proteins
  • TFP comprises a binding domain, e.g., an antibody or an antibody fragment, a ligand, or a ligand binding protein, that binds specifically to a tumor-associated antigen e.g., mesothelin, e.g., human mesothelin, wherein the sequence of the antibody fragment is contiguous with and in the same reading frame as a nucleic acid sequence encoding a TCR subunit or portion thereof.
  • a binding domain e.g., an antibody or an antibody fragment, a ligand, or a ligand binding protein
  • a tumor-associated antigen e.g., mesothelin, e.g., human mesothelin
  • sequence of the antibody fragment is contiguous with and in the same reading frame as a nucleic acid sequence encoding a T
  • the TFPs are able to associate with one or more endogenous (or alternatively, one or more exogenous, or a combination of endogenous and exogenous) TCR subunits in order to form a functional TCR complex.
  • the TFPs can comprise a target-specific binding element otherwise referred to as an antigen binding domain.
  • the choice of moiety depends upon the type and number of target antigen that define the surface of a target cell.
  • the antigen binding domain may be chosen to recognize a target antigen that acts as a cell surface marker on target cells associated with a particular disease state.
  • examples of cell surface markers that may act as target antigens for the antigen binding domain in a TFP of the disclosure include those associated with viral, bacterial and parasitic infections; autoimmune diseases; and cancerous diseases (e.g., malignant diseases).
  • the TFP-mediated T cell response can be directed to an antigen of interest by way of engineering an antigen-binding domain into the TFP that specifically binds a desired antigen.
  • a portion of the TFP may comprise the antigen binding domain that targets mesothelin.
  • the antigen binding domain can be any domain that binds to the antigen including but not limited to a monoclonal antibody, a polyclonal antibody, a recombinant antibody, a human antibody, a humanized antibody, and a functional fragment thereof, including but not limited to a single-domain antibody such as a heavy chain variable domain (VH), a light chain variable domain (VL) and a variable domain (VHH) of a camelid derived nanobody, and to an alternative scaffold known in the art to function as antigen binding domain, such as a recombinant fibronectin domain, anticalin, DARPIN and the like.
  • VH heavy chain variable domain
  • VL light chain variable domain
  • VHH variable domain of a camelid derived nanobody
  • a natural or synthetic ligand specifically recognizing and binding the target antigen can be used as antigen binding domain for the TFP.
  • the antigen binding domain it is beneficial for the antigen binding domain to be derived from the same species in which the TFP will ultimately be used in.
  • the antigen binding domain of the TFP it may be beneficial for the antigen binding domain of the TFP to comprise human or humanized residues for the antigen binding domain of an antibody or antibody fragment.
  • the antigen-binding domain can comprise a humanized or human antibody or an antibody fragment, or a murine antibody or antibody fragment.
  • the humanized or human anti- mesothelin binding domain may comprise one or more (e.g., all three) light chain complementary determining region 1 (LC CDR1), light chain complementary determining region 2 (LC CDR2), and light chain complementary determining region 3 (LC CDR3) of a humanized or human anti-mesothelin binding domain described herein, and/or one or more (e.g., all three) heavy chain complementary determining region 1 (HC CDR1), heavy chain complementary determining region 2 (HC CDR2), and heavy chain complementary determining region 3 (HC CDR3) of a humanized or human anti- mesothelin binding domain described herein, e.g., a humanized or human anti-mesothelin binding domain comprising one or more, e.g., all three, LC CDRs and one or more, e.g., all three, HC CDRs.
  • LC CDR1 light chain complementary determining region 1
  • HC CDR2 light chain complementary determining region 2
  • the humanized or human anti-mesothelin binding domain may comprise one or more (e.g., all three) heavy chain complementary determining region 1 (HC CDR1), heavy chain complementary determining region 2 (HC CDR2), and heavy chain complementary determining region 3 (HC CDR3) of a humanized or human anti-mesothelin binding domain described herein, e.g., the humanized or human anti-mesothelin binding domain has two variable heavy chain regions, each comprising a HC CDR1, a HC CDR2 and a HC CDR3 described herein.
  • the humanized or human anti-mesothelin binding domain may comprise a humanized or human light chain variable region described herein and/or a humanized or human heavy chain variable region described herein.
  • the humanized or human anti-mesothelin binding domain may comprise a humanized heavy chain variable region described herein, e.g., at least two humanized or human heavy chain variable regions described herein.
  • the anti- mesothelin binding domain can be a scFv comprising a light chain and a heavy chain of an amino acid sequence provided herein.
  • the anti-mesothelin binding domain can be a VHH comprising a heavy chain of an amino acid sequence provided herein.
  • the anti-mesothelin binding domain may comprise: a light chain variable region comprising an amino acid sequence having at least one, two or three modifications (e.g., substitutions) but not more than 30, 20 or 10 modifications (e.g., substitutions) of an amino acid sequence of a light chain variable region provided herein, or a sequence with 95-99% identity with an amino acid sequence provided herein; and/or a heavy chain variable region comprising an amino acid sequence having at least one, two or three modifications (e.g., substitutions) but not more than 30, 20 or 10 modifications (e.g., substitutions) of an amino acid sequence of a heavy chain variable region provided herein, or a sequence with 95-99% identity to an amino acid sequence provided herein.
  • a light chain variable region comprising an amino acid sequence having at least one, two or three modifications (e.g., substitutions) but not more than 30, 20 or 10 modifications (e.g., substitutions) of an amino acid sequence of a heavy chain variable region provided herein, or a sequence with 95-99%
  • the humanized or human anti-mesothelin binding domain can be a scFv, and a light chain variable region comprising an amino acid sequence described herein, is attached to a heavy chain variable region comprising an amino acid sequence described herein, via a linker, e.g., a linker described herein.
  • the humanized anti-mesothelin binding domain may include a (Gly 4 -Ser) n linker, wherein n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6, preferably 3 or 4.
  • the light chain variable region and heavy chain variable region of a scFv can be, e.g., in any of the following orientations: light chain variable region-linker-heavy chain variable region or heavy chain variable region-linker-light chain variable region.
  • the linker sequence comprises a long linker (LL) sequence.
  • the linker sequence comprises a short linker (SL) sequence.
  • a non-human antibody may be humanized, where specific sequences or regions of the antibody are modified to increase similarity to an antibody naturally produced in a human or fragment thereof.
  • a humanized antibody can be produced using a variety of techniques known in the art, including but not limited to, CDR-grafting (see, e.g., European Patent No. EP 239,400; International Publication No.
  • a humanized antibody or antibody fragment has one or more amino acid residues remaining in it from a source which is nonhuman. These nonhuman amino acid residues are often referred to as “import” residues, which are typically taken from an “import” variable domain.
  • Humanized antibodies or antibody fragments may comprise one or more CDRs from nonhuman immunoglobulin molecules and framework regions wherein the amino acid residues comprising the framework are derived completely or mostly from human germline.
  • Multiple techniques for humanization of antibodies or antibody fragments are well-known in the art and can essentially be performed following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al., Nature, 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature, 332:323-327 (1988); Verhoeyen et al., Science, 239:1534-1536 (1988)), by substituting rodent CDRs or CDR sequences for the corresponding sequences of a human antibody, e.g., CDR-grafting (EP 239,400; PCT Publication No.
  • WO 91/09967 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,816,567; 6,331,415; 5,225,539; 5,530,101; 5,585,089; 6,548,640, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety).
  • Humanized antibodies and antibody fragments substantially less than an intact human variable domain has been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a nonhuman species.
  • Humanized antibodies are often human antibodies in which some CDR residues and possibly some framework (FR) residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites in rodent antibodies.
  • Humanization of antibodies and antibody fragments can also be achieved by veneering or resurfacing (EP 592,106; EP 519,596; Padlan, 1991, Molecular Immunology, 28(4/5):489-498; Studnicka et al., Protein Engineering, 7(6):805-814 (1994); and Roguska et al., PNAS, 91:969-973 (1994)) or chain shuffling (U.S. Pat. No.5,565,332), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. [00182] The choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy, to be used in making the humanized antibodies is to reduce antigenicity.
  • the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is screened against the entire library of known human variable-domain sequences.
  • the human sequence which is closest to that of the rodent is then accepted as the human framework (FR) for the humanized antibody (Sims et al., J. Immunol., 151:2296 (1993); Chothia et al., J. Mol. Biol., 196:901 (1987), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference herein in their entirety).
  • Another method uses a particular framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains.
  • the same framework may be used for several different humanized antibodies (see, e.g., Nicholson et al. Mol. Immun.34 (16-17): 1157-1165 (1997); Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); Presta et al., J. Immunol., 151:2623 (1993), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference herein in their entirety).
  • the framework region e.g., all four framework regions, of the heavy chain variable region may be derived from a VH4-4-59 germline sequence.
  • the framework region can comprise, one, two, three, four or five modifications, e.g., substitutions, e.g., from the amino acid at the corresponding murine sequence.
  • the framework region e.g., all four framework regions of the light chain variable region may be derived from a VK3-1.25 germline sequence.
  • the framework region can comprise, one, two, three, four or five modifications, e.g., substitutions, e.g., from the amino acid at the corresponding murine sequence.
  • the portion of a TFP composition that comprises an antibody fragment can be humanized with retention of high affinity for the target antigen and other favorable biological properties.
  • Humanized antibodies and antibody fragments may be prepared by a process of analysis of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products using three-dimensional models of the parental and humanized sequences.
  • Three-dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly available and are familiar to those skilled in the art.
  • Computer programs are available which illustrate and display probable three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, e.g., the analysis of residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin to bind the target antigen.
  • FR residues can be selected and combined from the recipient and import sequences so that the desired antibody or antibody fragment characteristic, such as increased affinity for the target antigen, is achieved.
  • a humanized antibody or antibody fragment may retain a similar antigenic specificity as the original antibody, e.g., in the present disclosure, the ability to bind human mesothelin.
  • a humanized antibody or antibody fragment may have improved affinity and/or specificity of binding to human mesothelin.
  • the anti-mesothelin binding domain can be characterized by particular functional features or properties of an antibody or antibody fragment. For example, the portion of a TFP composition of the disclosure that comprises an antigen binding domain can specifically bind human mesothelin.
  • the antigen binding domain has the same or a similar binding specificity to human mesothelin as the FMC63 scFv described in Nicholson et al. Mol. Immun.34 (16-17): 1157-1165 (1997).
  • the disclosure can relate to an antigen binding domain comprising an antibody or antibody fragment, wherein the antibody binding domain specifically binds to a mesothelin protein or fragment thereof, wherein the antibody or antibody fragment comprises a variable light chain and/or a variable heavy chain that includes an amino acid sequence provided herein.
  • the scFv may be contiguous with and in the same reading frame as a leader sequence.
  • Anti-MSLN TFP T cells Stability and Mutations [00186]
  • the stability of an anti-mesothelin binding domain, e.g., sdAb or scFv molecules e.g., soluble sdAb or scFv
  • biophysical properties e.g., thermal stability
  • the humanized or human sdAb or scFv may have a thermal stability that is greater than about 0.1, about 0.25, about 0.5, about 0.75, about 1, about 1.25, about 1.5, about 1.75, about 2, about 2.5, about 3, about 3.5, about 4, about 4.5, about 5, about 5.5, about 6, about 6.5, about 7, about 7.5, about 8, about 8.5, about 9, about 9.5, about 10 degrees, about 11 degrees, about 12 degrees, about 13 degrees, about 14 degrees, or about 15 degrees Celsius than a parent sdAb or scFv in the described assays.
  • the improved thermal stability of the anti-mesothelin binding domain e.g., sdAb or scFv is subsequently conferred to the entire mesothelin-TFP construct, leading to improved therapeutic properties of the anti-mesothelin TFP construct.
  • the thermal stability of the anti-mesothelin binding domain, e.g., sdAb or scFv can be improved by at least about 2 °C or 3 °C as compared to a conventional antibody.
  • the anti-mesothelin binding domain e.g., sdAb or scFv may have a 1 °C, 2 °C, 3 °C, 4 °C, 5 °C, 6 °C, 7 °C, 8 °C, 9 °C, 10 °C, 11 °C, 12 °C, 13 °C, 14 °C, or 15 °C improved thermal stability as compared to a conventional antibody. Comparisons can be made, for example, between the sdAb or scFv molecules disclosed herein and sdAb or scFv molecules or Fab fragments of an antibody from which the sdAb VHH was derived or the scFv VH and VL were derived.
  • Thermal stability can be measured using methods known in the art. For example, T M can be measured. Methods for measuring TM and other methods of determining protein stability are described below. [00188] Mutations in sdAb or scFv (arising through humanization or mutagenesis of the soluble sdAb or scFv) alter the stability of the sdAb or scFv and improve the overall stability of the sdAb or scFv and the anti-mesothelin TFP construct. Stability of the humanized scFv is compared against the llama sdAb or murine scFv using measurements such as TM, temperature denaturation and temperature aggregation.
  • the anti-mesothelin binding domain may comprise at least one mutation arising from the humanization process such that the mutated sdAb or scFv confers improved stability to the anti-mesothelin TFP construct.
  • the anti-mesothelin binding domain, e.g., sdAb or scFv may comprise at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 mutations arising from the humanization process such that the mutated sdAb or scFv confers improved stability to the mesothelin-TFP construct.
  • the antigen binding domain of the TFP may comprise an amino acid sequence that is homologous to an antigen binding domain amino acid sequence described herein, and the antigen binding domain retains the desired functional properties of the anti-mesothelin antibody fragments described herein.
  • the TFP composition of the disclosure may comprise an antibody fragment, e.g., a sdAb or scFv.
  • the antigen binding domain of the TFP can be engineered by modifying one or more amino acids within one or both variable regions (e.g., V HH , V H and/or V L ), for example within one or more CDR regions and/or within one or more framework regions.
  • the TFP composition of the disclosure may comprise an antibody fragment, e.g., a sdAb or scFv.
  • an antibody fragment e.g., a sdAb or scFv.
  • the antibody or antibody fragment of the TFP may further be modified such that they vary in amino acid sequence (e.g., from wild-type), but not in desired activity. For example, additional nucleotide substitutions leading to amino acid substitutions at “non-essential” amino acid residues may be made to the protein. For example, a nonessential amino acid residue in a molecule may be replaced with another amino acid residue from the same side chain family.
  • a string of amino acids can be replaced with a structurally similar string that differs in order and/or composition of side chain family members, e.g., a conservative substitution, in which an amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain, may be made.
  • Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art, including basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid, glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, tryptophan), beta-branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, histidine).
  • basic side chains e.g., lysine, arginine, histidine
  • acidic side chains e.g., aspartic acid
  • Percent identity in the context of two or more nucleic acids or polypeptide sequences refers to two or more sequences that are the same. Two sequences are “substantially identical” if two sequences have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (e.g., 60% identity, optionally 70%, 71%, 72%, 73%, 74%, 75%, 76%, 77%, 78%, 79%, 80%, 81%, 82%, 83%, 84%, 85%, 86%, 87%, 88%, 89%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, or 99% identity over a specified region, or, when not specified, over the entire sequence), when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a comparison window, or designated region as measured using one of the following sequence comparison algorithms or by manual alignment and visual inspection.
  • the identity exists over a region that is at least about 50 nucleotides (or 10 amino acids) in length, or more preferably over a region that is 100 to 500 or 1000 or more nucleotides (or 20, 50, 200 or more amino acids) in length.
  • sequence comparison algorithm typically one sequence acts as a reference sequence, to which test sequences are compared.
  • test and reference sequences are entered into a computer, subsequence coordinates are designated, if necessary, and sequence algorithm program parameters are designated. Default program parameters can be used, or alternative parameters can be designated.
  • the sequence comparison algorithm then calculates the percent sequence identities for the test sequences relative to the reference sequence, based on the program parameters.
  • Optimal alignment of sequences for comparison can be conducted, e.g., by the local homology algorithm of Smith and Waterman, (1970) Adv. Appl. Math. 2:482c, by the homology alignment algorithm of Needleman and Wunsch, (1970) J. Mol. Biol.48:443, by the search for similarity method of Pearson and Lipman, (1988) Proc. Nat’l. Acad. Sci.
  • V HH and V H or V L of an anti-mesothelin binding domain, e.g., sdAb or scFv, comprised in the TFP can be modified to retain at least about 70%, 71%. 72%.
  • the present disclosure contemplates modifications of the entire TFP construct, e.g., modifications in one or more amino acid sequences of the various domains of the TFP construct in order to generate functionally equivalent molecules.
  • the TFP construct can be modified to retain at least about 70%, 71%. 72%.
  • Extracellular domain may be derived either from a natural or from a recombinant source. Where the source is natural, the domain may be derived from any protein, but in particular a membrane-bound or transmembrane protein. In one aspect the extracellular domain is capable of associating with the transmembrane domain.
  • An extracellular domain of particular use in this present disclosure may include at least the extracellular region(s) of e.g., the alpha, beta, gamma, or delta chain of the T cell receptor, or CD3 epsilon, CD3 gamma, or CD3 delta, or in alternative embodiments, CD28, CD45, CD4, CD5, CD8, CD9, CD16, CD22, CD33, CD37, CD64, CD80, CD86, CD134, CD137, CD154.
  • the TCR extracellular domain comprises an extracellular domain or portion thereof of a protein selected from the group consisting of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, a CD3 delta TCR subunit, functional fragments thereof, and amino acid sequences thereof having at least one but not more than 20 modifications.
  • the TCR extracellular domain comprises an extracellular domain or portion thereof of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR delta chain, or a TCR gamma chain.
  • the TCR extracellular domain comprises an IgC domain of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR delta chain, or a TCR gamma chain.
  • the extracellular domain comprises, or comprises at least 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95,
  • the extracellular domain comprises a sequence having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or more sequence identity to a sequence encoding the extracellular domain of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR delta chain, or a TCR gamma chain.
  • the extracellular domain comprises a sequence encoding the extracellular domain of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR delta chain, or a TCR gamma chain having a truncation of at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more amino acids at the N- or C-terminus or at both the N- and C- terminus.
  • the extracellular domain comprises, or comprises at least 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100 or more consecutive amino acid residues of an IgC domain of TCR alpha, a TCR beta, a TCR delta, or a TCR gamma
  • the extracellular domain comprises a sequence having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or more sequence identity to a sequence encoding an IgC domain of TCR alpha, a TCR beta, a TCR delta, or a TCR gamma.
  • the extracellular domain comprises a sequence encoding an IgC domain of TCR alpha, TCR beta, TCR delta, or TCR gamma having a truncation of at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more amino acids at the N- or C-terminus or at both the N- and C-terminus.
  • the extracellular domain comprises, or comprises at least 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 100 or more consecutive amino acid residues of the extracellular domain of a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit
  • the extracellular domain comprises a sequence having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or more sequence identity to a sequence encoding the extracellular domain of a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, or a CD3 delta TCR subunit.
  • the extracellular domain comprises a sequence encoding the extracellular domain of a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, or a CD3 delta TCR subunit having a truncation of at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more amino acids at the N- or C-terminus or at both the N- and C-terminus.
  • Transmembrane Domain [00201]
  • a TFP sequence contains an extracellular domain and a transmembrane domain encoded by a single genomic sequence.
  • a TFP can be designed to comprise a transmembrane domain that is heterologous to the extracellular domain of the TFP.
  • a transmembrane domain can include one or more additional amino acids adjacent to the transmembrane region, e.g., one or more amino acid associated with the extracellular region of the protein from which the transmembrane was derived (e.g., at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, or more amino acids of the extracellular region) and/or one or more additional amino acids associated with the intracellular region of the protein from which the transmembrane protein is derived (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, or more amino acids of the intracellular region).
  • the transmembrane domain can include at least 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60 or more amino acids of the extracellular region. In some cases, the transmembrane domain can include at least 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60 or more amino acids of the intracellular region. In one aspect, the transmembrane domain is one that is associated with one of the other domains of the TFP is used. In some instances, the transmembrane domain can be selected or modified by amino acid substitution to avoid binding of such domains to the transmembrane domains of the same or different surface membrane proteins, e.g., to minimize interactions with other members of the receptor complex.
  • the transmembrane domain is capable of homodimerization with another TFP on the TFP-T cell surface.
  • the amino acid sequence of the transmembrane domain may be modified or substituted so as to minimize interactions with the binding domains of the native binding partner present in the same TFP.
  • the transmembrane domain may be derived either from a natural or from a recombinant source. Where the source is natural, the domain may be derived from any membrane-bound or transmembrane protein. In one aspect the transmembrane domain is capable of signaling to the intracellular domain(s) whenever the TFP has bound to a target.
  • the TCR- integrating subunit comprises a transmembrane domain comprising a transmembrane domain of a protein selected from the group consisting of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, a TCR zeta chain, a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, a CD3 delta TCR subunit, CD45, CD4, CD5, CD8, CD9, CD16, CD22, CD33, CD28, CD37, CD64, CD80, CD86, CD134, CD137, CD154, functional fragments thereof, and amino acid sequences thereof having at least one but not more than 20 modifications.
  • the transmembrane domain comprises, or comprises at least 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 or more consecutive amino acid residues of the transmembrane domain of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, or a CD3 delta TCR subunit.
  • the transmembrane domain comprises a sequence having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or more sequence identity to a sequence encoding the transmembrane domain of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, or a CD3 delta TCR subunit.
  • the transmembrane domain comprises a sequence encoding the transmembrane domain of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, or a CD3 delta TCR subunit having a truncation of at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 or more amino acids at the N- or C-terminus or at both the N- and C-terminus.
  • the transmembrane domain can be attached to the extracellular region of the TFP, e.g., the antigen binding domain of the TFP, via a hinge, e.g., a hinge from a human protein.
  • the hinge can be a human immunoglobulin (Ig) hinge, e.g., an IgG4 hinge, or a CD8a hinge.
  • Ig immunoglobulin
  • Linkers [00205]
  • a short oligo- or polypeptide linker between 2 and 10 amino acids in length may form the linkage between the binding element and the TCR extracellular domain of the TFP.
  • a glycine-serine doublet provides a particularly suitable linker.
  • the linker may be at least about 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, or more in length.
  • the linker comprises the amino acid sequence of GGGGSGGGGS or a sequence (GGGGS)x wherein X is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 or more.
  • X is 2.
  • X is 4.
  • the linker is encoded by a nucleotide sequence of GGTGGCGGAGGTTCTGGAGGTGGAGGTTCC.
  • Cytoplasmic Domain [00206] The cytoplasmic domain of the TFP can include an intracellular domain.
  • the intracellular domain is from CD3 gamma, CD3 delta, CD3 epsilon, TCR alpha, TCR beta, TCR gamma, or TCR delta.
  • the intracellular domain comprises a signaling domain, if the TFP contains CD3 gamma, delta or epsilon polypeptides; TCR alpha, TCR beta, TCR gamma, and TCR delta subunits generally have short (e.g., 1-19 amino acids in length) intracellular domains and are generally lacking in a signaling domain.
  • An intracellular signaling domain is generally responsible for activation of at least one of the normal effector functions of the immune cell in which the TFP has been introduced.
  • intracellular domains of TCR alpha, TCR beta, TCR gamma, and TCR delta do not have signaling domains, they are able to recruit proteins having a primary intracellular signaling domain described herein, e.g., CD3 zeta, which functions as an intracellular signaling domain.
  • effector function refers to a specialized function of a cell. Effector function of a T cell, for example, may be cytolytic activity or helper activity including the secretion of cytokines.
  • intracellular signaling domain refers to the portion of a protein which transduces the effector function signal and directs the cell to perform a specialized function.
  • intracellular signaling domain While usually the entire intracellular signaling domain can be employed, in many cases it is not necessary to use the entire chain. To the extent that a truncated portion of the intracellular signaling domain is used, such truncated portion may be used in place of the intact chain as long as it transduces the effector function signal.
  • the term intracellular signaling domain is thus meant to include any truncated portion of the intracellular signaling domain sufficient to transduce the effector function signal.
  • intracellular domains for use in the TFP of the present disclosure include the cytoplasmic sequences of the T cell receptor (TCR) and co-receptors that are able to act in concert to initiate signal transduction following antigen receptor engagement, as well as any derivative or variant of these sequences and any recombinant sequence that has the same functional capability.
  • the intracellular domain comprises the intracellular domain of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, or a CD3 delta TCR subunit.
  • the intracellular domain comprises, or comprises at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, or 19 or more consecutive amino acid residues of the intracellular domain of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR gamma chain, or a TCR delta chain.
  • the intracellular domain comprises a sequence having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or more sequence identity to a sequence encoding the intracellular domain of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR gamma chain, or a TCR delta chain.
  • the transmembrane domain comprises a sequence encoding the intracellular domain of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, a TCR gamma chain, or a TCR delta chain having a truncation of at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 or more amino acids at the N- or C-terminus or at both the N- and C-terminus.
  • the intracellular domain comprises, or comprises at least 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, or 62 or more consecutive amino acid residues of the intracellular domain of a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, or a CD3 delta TCR subunit.
  • the intracellular domain comprises a sequence having at least about 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% or more sequence identity to a sequence encoding the intracellular domain of a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, or a CD3 delta TCR subunit.
  • the intracellular domain comprises a sequence encoding the intracellular domain of a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, or a CD3 delta TCR subunit having a truncation of at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25 or more amino acids at the N- or C-terminus or at both the N- and C-terminus.
  • na ⁇ ve T cell activation can be said to be mediated by two distinct classes of cytoplasmic signaling sequences: those that initiate antigen-dependent primary activation through the TCR (primary intracellular signaling domains) and those that act in an antigen-independent manner to provide a secondary or costimulatory signal (secondary cytoplasmic domain, e.g., a costimulatory domain).
  • primary intracellular signaling domains that act in a stimulatory manner may contain signaling motifs which are known as immunoreceptor tyrosine- based activation motifs (ITAMs).
  • ITAMs immunoreceptor tyrosine- based activation motifs
  • ITAMs containing primary intracellular signaling domains that are of particular use in the present disclosure include those of CD3 zeta, FcR gamma, FcR beta, CD3 gamma, CD3 delta, CD3 epsilon, CD5, CD22, CD79a, CD79b, and CD66d.
  • a TFP of the present disclosure comprises an intracellular signaling domain, e.g., a primary signaling domain of CD3 epsilon, CD3 delta, or CD3 gamma.
  • a primary signaling domain comprises a modified ITAM domain, e.g., a mutated ITAM domain which has altered (e.g., increased or decreased) activity as compared to the native ITAM domain.
  • a primary signaling domain comprises a modified ITAM-containing primary intracellular signaling domain, e.g., an optimized and/or truncated ITAM-containing primary intracellular signaling domain.
  • a primary signaling domain comprises one, two, three, four or more ITAM motifs.
  • the intracellular signaling domain of the TFP can comprise a CD3 signaling domain, e.g., CD3 epsilon, CD3 delta, CD3 gamma, or CD3 zeta, by itself or it can be combined with any other desired intracellular signaling domain(s) useful in the context of a TFP of the present disclosure.
  • the intracellular signaling domain of the TFP can comprise a CD3 epsilon chain portion and a costimulatory signaling domain.
  • the costimulatory signaling domain refers to a portion of the TFP comprising the intracellular domain of a costimulatory molecule.
  • a costimulatory molecule is a cell surface molecule other than an antigen receptor or its ligands that is required for an efficient response of lymphocytes to an antigen.
  • examples of such molecules include CD27, CD28, 4-1BB (CD137), OX40, CD30, CD40, PD1, ICOS, lymphocyte function-associated antigen-1 (LFA-1), CD2, CD7, LIGHT, NKG2C, B7-H3, and a ligand that specifically binds with CD83, and the like.
  • the intracellular signaling sequences within the cytoplasmic portion of the TFP of the present disclosure may be linked to each other in a random or specified order.
  • a short oligo- or polypeptide linker for example, between 2 and 10 amino acids (e.g., 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 amino acids) in length may form the linkage between intracellular signaling sequences.
  • a glycine-serine doublet can be used as a suitable linker.
  • a single amino acid e.g., an alanine, a glycine, can be used as a suitable linker.
  • the TFP-expressing cell described herein can further comprise a second TFP, e.g., a second TFP that includes a different antigen binding domain, e.g., to the same target (e.g., MSLN) or a different target (e.g., CD70, CD19, or MUC16).
  • the antigen binding domains of the different TFPs can be such that the antigen binding domains do not interact with one another.
  • a cell expressing a first and second TFP can have an antigen binding domain of the first TFP, e.g., as a fragment, e.g., a scFv, that does not form an association with the antigen binding domain of the second TFP, e.g., the antigen binding domain of the second TFP is a VHH.
  • the TFP-expressing cell described herein can further express another agent, e.g., an agent which enhances the activity of a modified T cell.
  • the agent can be an agent which inhibits an inhibitory molecule.
  • Inhibitory molecules e.g., PD1
  • inhibitory molecules include PD1, PD-L1, CTLA4, TIM3, LAG3, VISTA, BTLA, TIGIT, LAIR1, CD160, 2B4 and TGFR beta.
  • the agent which inhibits an inhibitory molecule comprises a first polypeptide, e.g., an inhibitory molecule, associated with a second polypeptide that provides a positive signal to the cell, e.g., an intracellular signaling domain described herein.
  • the agent comprises a first polypeptide, e.g., of an inhibitory molecule such as PD1, LAG3, CTLA4, CD160, BTLA, LAIR1, TIM3, 2B4 and TIGIT, or a fragment of any of these (e.g., at least a portion of an extracellular domain of any of these), and a second polypeptide which is an intracellular signaling domain described herein (e.g., comprising a costimulatory domain (e.g., 4-1BB, CD27 or CD28, e.g., as described herein) and/or a primary signaling domain (e.g., a CD3 zeta signaling domain described herein).
  • an inhibitory molecule such as PD1, LAG3, CTLA4, CD160, BTLA, LAIR1, TIM3, 2B4 and TIGIT
  • a fragment of any of these e.g., at least a portion of an extracellular domain of any of these
  • a second polypeptide which is an intracellular signal
  • the agent comprises a first polypeptide of PD1 or a fragment thereof (e.g., at least a portion of an extracellular domain of PD1), and a second polypeptide of an intracellular signaling domain described herein (e.g., a CD28 signaling domain described herein and/or a CD3 zeta signaling domain described herein).
  • PD1 is an inhibitory member of the CD28 family of receptors that also includes CD28, CTLA-4, ICOS, and BTLA.
  • PD-1 is expressed on activated B cells, T cells and myeloid cells (Agata et al., 1996, Int. Immunol 8:765-75).
  • PD-L1 Two ligands for PD1, PD-L1 and PD-L2, have been shown to downregulate T cell activation upon binding to PD1 (Freeman et al., 2000 J. Exp. Med.192:1027-34; Latchman et al., 2001 Nat. Immunol.2:261-8; Carter et al., 2002 Eur. J. Immunol.32:634-43).
  • PD-L1 is abundant in human cancers (Dong et al., 2003 J. Mol. Med.81:281- 7; Blank et al., 2005 Cancer Immunol. Immunother.54:307-314; Konishi et al., 2004 Clin. Cancer Res.10:5094).
  • the agent comprises the extracellular domain (ECD) of an inhibitory molecule, e.g., Programmed Death 1 (PD1) can be fused to a transmembrane domain and optionally an intracellular signaling domain such as 41BB and CD3 zeta (also referred to herein as a PD1 TFP).
  • ECD extracellular domain
  • PD1 TFP when used in combinations with an anti-MSLN TFP described herein, improves the persistence of the T cell.
  • the TFP is a PD1 TFP comprising the extracellular domain of PD-1.
  • TFPs containing an antibody or antibody fragment such as a scFv that specifically binds to the Programmed Death-Ligand 1 (PD-L1) or Programmed Death-Ligand 2 (PD-L2).
  • a scFv that specifically binds to the Programmed Death-Ligand 1 (PD-L1) or Programmed Death-Ligand 2 (PD-L2).
  • the present disclosure provides a population of TFP-expressing T cells, e.g., TFP-T cells.
  • the population of TFP-expressing T cells comprises a mixture of cells expressing different TFPs.
  • the population of TFP- T cells can include a first cell expressing a TFP having an anti-MSLN binding domain described herein, and a second cell expressing a TFP having a binding domain specifically targeting a different antigen, e.g., a binding domain described herein that differs from the anti-MSLN binding domain in the TFP expressed by the first cell.
  • the population of TFP-expressing cells can include a first cell expressing a TFP that includes a first binding domain binding domain, e.g., as described herein, and a second cell expressing a TFP that includes an antigen binding domain to a target other than the binding domain of the first cell (e.g., another tumor-associated antigen).
  • the present disclosure provides a population of cells wherein at least one cell in the population expresses a TFP having a domain described herein, and a second cell expressing another agent, e.g., an agent which enhances the activity of a modified T cell.
  • the agent can be an agent which inhibits an inhibitory molecule.
  • Inhibitory molecules e.g., can, in some embodiments, decrease the ability of a modified T cell to mount an immune effector response.
  • inhibitory molecules include PD1, PD-L1, PD-L2, CTLA4, TIM3, LAG3, VISTA, BTLA, TIGIT, LAIR1, CD160, 2B4 and TGFR beta.
  • the agent that inhibits an inhibitory molecule comprises a first polypeptide, e.g., an inhibitory molecule, associated with a second polypeptide that provides a positive signal to the cell, e.g., an intracellular signaling domain described herein.
  • the agent is a cytokine.
  • the cytokine is IL-15.
  • IL-15 increases the persistence of the T cells described herein.
  • the recombinant nucleic acid further comprises a leader sequence. In some instances, the recombinant nucleic acid further comprises a promoter sequence. In some instances, the recombinant nucleic acid further comprises a sequence encoding a poly(A) tail. In some instances, the recombinant nucleic acid further comprises a 3’UTR sequence. In some instances, the nucleic acid is an isolated nucleic acid or a non-naturally occurring nucleic acid. Non- naturally occurring nucleic acids are well known to those of skill in the art. In some instances, the nucleic acid is an in vitro transcribed nucleic acid.
  • RNA encoding TFPs include methods for producing in vitro transcribed RNA encoding TFPs.
  • the present disclosure also includes a TFP encoding RNA construct that can be directly transfected into a cell.
  • a method for generating mRNA for use in transfection can involve in vitro transcription (IVT) of a template with specially designed primers, followed by polyA addition, to produce a construct containing 3’ and 5’ untranslated sequence (“UTR”), a 5’ cap and/or Internal Ribosome Entry Site (IRES), the nucleic acid to be expressed, and a polyA tail, typically 50-2000 bases in length.
  • RNA so produced can efficiently transfect different kinds of cells.
  • the template includes sequences for the TFP.
  • the anti-MSLN TFP is encoded by a messenger RNA (mRNA).
  • mRNA messenger RNA
  • the mRNA encoding the anti-MSLN TFP is introduced into a T cell for production of a TFP-T cell.
  • the in vitro transcribed RNA TFP can be introduced to a cell as a form of transient transfection.
  • the RNA is produced by in vitro transcription using a polymerase chain reaction (PCR)-generated template. DNA of interest from any source can be directly converted by PCR into a template for in vitro mRNA synthesis using appropriate primers and RNA polymerase.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the source of the DNA can be, for example, genomic DNA, plasmid DNA, phage DNA, cDNA, synthetic DNA sequence or any other appropriate source of DNA.
  • the desired template for in vitro transcription is a TFP of the present disclosure.
  • the DNA to be used for PCR contains an open reading frame.
  • the DNA can be from a naturally occurring DNA sequence from the genome of an organism.
  • the nucleic acid can include some or all of the 5’ and/or 3’ untranslated regions (UTRs).
  • the nucleic acid can include exons and introns.
  • the DNA to be used for PCR is a human nucleic acid sequence.
  • the DNA to be used for PCR is a human nucleic acid sequence including the 5’ and 3’ UTRs.
  • the DNA can alternatively be an artificial DNA sequence that is not normally expressed in a naturally occurring organism.
  • An exemplary artificial DNA sequence is one that contains portions of genes that are ligated together to form an open reading frame that encodes a fusion protein. The portions of DNA that are ligated together can be from a single organism or from more than one organism.
  • PCR is used to generate a template for in vitro transcription of mRNA which is used for transfection. Methods for performing PCR are well known in the art. Primers for use in PCR are designed to have regions that are substantially complementary to regions of the DNA to be used as a template for the PCR.
  • “Substantially complementary,” as used herein, refers to sequences of nucleotides where a majority or all of the bases in the primer sequence are complementary, or one or more bases are non-complementary, or mismatched. Substantially complementary sequences are able to anneal or hybridize with the intended DNA target under annealing conditions used for PCR.
  • the primers can be designed to be substantially complementary to any portion of the DNA template. For example, the primers can be designed to amplify the portion of a nucleic acid that is normally transcribed in cells (the open reading frame), including 5’ and 3’ UTRs. The primers can also be designed to amplify a portion of a nucleic acid that encodes a particular domain of interest.
  • the primers are designed to amplify the coding region of a human cDNA, including all or portions of the 5’ and 3’ UTRs.
  • Primers useful for PCR can be generated by synthetic methods that are well known in the art.
  • “Forward primers” are primers that contain a region of nucleotides that are substantially complementary to nucleotides on the DNA template that are upstream of the DNA sequence that is to be amplified.
  • Upstream is used herein to refer to a location 5, to the DNA sequence to be amplified relative to the coding strand.
  • “Reverse primers” are primers that contain a region of nucleotides that are substantially complementary to a double-stranded DNA template that are downstream of the DNA sequence that is to be amplified.
  • Downstream is used herein to refer to a location 3’ to the DNA sequence to be amplified relative to the coding strand.
  • Any DNA polymerase useful for PCR can be used in the methods disclosed herein. The reagents and polymerase are commercially available from a number of sources.
  • Chemical structures with the ability to promote stability and/or translation efficiency may also be used.
  • the RNA preferably has 5’ and 3’ UTRs. In one embodiment, the 5’ UTR is between one and 3,000 nucleotides in length. The length of 5’ and 3’ UTR sequences to be added to the coding region can be altered by different methods, including, but not limited to, designing primers for PCR that anneal to different regions of the UTRs.
  • the 5’ and 3’ UTRs can be the naturally occurring, endogenous 5’ and 3’ UTRs for the nucleic acid of interest.
  • UTR sequences that are not endogenous to the nucleic acid of interest can be added by incorporating the UTR sequences into the forward and reverse primers or by any other modifications of the template.
  • the use of UTR sequences that are not endogenous to the nucleic acid of interest can be useful for modifying the stability and/or translation efficiency of the RNA.
  • 3’ UTRs can be selected or designed to increase the stability of the transcribed RNA based on properties of UTRs that are well known in the art.
  • the 5’ UTR can contain the Kozak sequence of the endogenous nucleic acid.
  • a consensus Kozak sequence can be redesigned by adding the 5’ UTR sequence.
  • Kozak sequences can increase the efficiency of translation of some RNA transcripts, but does not appear to be required for all RNAs to enable efficient translation.
  • the 5’ UTR can be 5’UTR of an RNA virus whose RNA genome is stable in cells.
  • various nucleotide analogues can be used in the 3’ or 5’ UTR to impede exonuclease degradation of the mRNA.
  • a promoter of transcription should be attached to the DNA template upstream of the sequence to be transcribed. When a sequence that functions as a promoter for an RNA polymerase is added to the 5’ end of the forward primer, the RNA polymerase promoter becomes incorporated into the PCR product upstream of the open reading frame that is to be transcribed.
  • the promoter is a T7 polymerase promoter, as described elsewhere herein.
  • Other useful promoters include, but are not limited to, T3 and SP6 RNA polymerase promoters. Consensus nucleotide sequences for T7, T3 and SP6 promoters are known in the art.
  • the mRNA has both a cap on the 5’ end and a 3’ poly(A) tail which determine ribosome binding, initiation of translation and stability mRNA in the cell.
  • RNA polymerase produces a long concatameric product which is not suitable for expression in eukaryotic cells.
  • phage T7 RNA polymerase can extend the 3’ end of the transcript beyond the last base of the template (Schenborn and Mierendorf, Nuc Acids Res., 13:6223- 36 (1985); Nacheva and Berzal-Herranz, Eur. J. Biochem., 270:1485-65 (2003)).
  • the conventional method of integration of polyA/T stretches into a DNA template is molecular cloning.
  • polyA/T sequence integrated into plasmid DNA can cause plasmid instability, which is why plasmid DNA templates obtained from bacterial cells are often highly contaminated with deletions and other aberrations. This makes cloning procedures not only laborious and time consuming but often not reliable. That is why a method which allows construction of DNA templates with polyA/T 3’ stretch without cloning highly desirable.
  • the polyA/T segment of the transcriptional DNA template can be produced during PCR by using a reverse primer containing a polyT tail, such as 100 T tail (size can be 50-5000 Ts), or after PCR by any other method, including, but not limited to, DNA ligation or in vitro recombination.
  • Poly(A) tails also provide stability to RNAs and reduce their degradation. Generally, the length of a poly(A) tail positively correlates with the stability of the transcribed RNA. In one embodiment, the poly(A) tail is between 100 and 5000 adenosines. [00236] Poly(A) tails of RNAs can be further extended following in vitro transcription with the use of a poly(A) polymerase, such as E. coli polyA polymerase (E-PAP). In one embodiment, increasing the length of a poly(A) tail from 100 nucleotides to between 300 and 400 nucleotides results in about a two-fold increase in the translation efficiency of the RNA.
  • E-PAP E. coli polyA polymerase
  • RNAs produced by the methods disclosed herein include a 5’ cap.
  • the 5’ cap is provided using techniques known in the art and described herein (Cougot, et al., Trends in Biochem.
  • RNAs produced by the methods disclosed herein can also contain an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) sequence.
  • IRES sequence may be any viral, chromosomal or artificially designed sequence which initiates cap-independent ribosome binding to mRNA and facilitates the initiation of translation.
  • RNA can be introduced into target cells using any of a number of different methods, for instance, commercially available methods which include, but are not limited to, electroporation (Amaxa NucleofectorTM-II (Amaxa Biosystems, Cologne, Germany)), (ECM 830 (BTX) (Harvard Instruments, Boston, Mass.) or the Gene Pulser II (BioRad, Denver, Colo.), Multiporator (Eppendort, Hamburg Germany), cationic liposome mediated transfection using lipofection, polymer encapsulation, peptide mediated transfection, or biolistic particle delivery systems such as “gene guns” (see, for example, Nishikawa, et al.
  • the modified T cells disclosed herein are engineered using a gene editing technique such as clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR®, see, e.g., U.S.
  • CRISPR® clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats
  • Patent No.8,697,359 transcription activator-like effector (TALE) nucleases
  • TALE transcription activator-like effector
  • TALENs transcription activator-like effector nucleases
  • meganucleases endodeoxyribonucleases having large recognition sites comprising double-stranded DNA sequences of 12 to 40 base pairs
  • ZFN zinc finger nuclease
  • ZFN zinc finger nuclease
  • a chimeric construct may be engineered to combine desirable characteristics of each subunit, such as conformation or signaling capabilities. See also Sander & Joung, Nat. Biotech. (2014) v32, 347-55; and June et al., 2009 Nature Reviews Immunol.9.10: 704-716, each incorporated herein by reference.
  • one or more of the extracellular domain, the transmembrane domain, or the cytoplasmic domain of a TFP subunit are engineered to have aspects of more than one natural TCR subunit domain (e.g., are chimeric).
  • Recent developments of technologies to permanently alter the human genome and to introduce site-specific genome modifications in disease relevant genes lay the foundation for therapeutic applications.
  • gene editing techniques are employed to disrupt an endogenous TCR gene.
  • mentioned endogenous TCR gene encodes a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, or a TCR alpha chain and a TCR beta chain.
  • mentioned endogenous TCR gene encodes a TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, or a TCR gamma chain and a TCR delta chain.
  • gene editing techniques pave the way for multiplex genomic editing, which allows simultaneous disruption of multiple genomic loci in endogenous TCR gene.
  • multiplex genomic editing techniques are applied to generate gene- disrupted T cells that are deficient in the expression of endogenous TCR, and/or human leukocyte antigens (HLAs), and/or programmed cell death protein 1 (PD1), and/or other genes.
  • Current gene editing technologies comprise meganucleases, zinc-finger nucleases (ZFN), TAL effector nucleases (TALEN), and clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR)/CRISPR-associated (Cas) system. These four major classes of gene-editing techniques share a common mode of action in binding a user-defined sequence of DNA and mediating a double- stranded DNA break (DSB).
  • DSB may then be repaired by either non-homologous end joining (NHEJ) or –when donor DNA is present- homologous recombination (HR), an event that introduces the homologous sequence from a donor DNA fragment. Additionally, nickase nucleases generate single-stranded DNA breaks (SSB). DSBs may be repaired by single strand DNA incorporation (ssDI) or single strand template repair (ssTR), an event that introduces the homologous sequence from a donor DNA.
  • ssDI single strand DNA incorporation
  • ssTR single strand template repair
  • ZFNs zinc-finger nucleases
  • Fokl restriction enzyme a zinc finger DNA-binding domain fused to the nuclease domain of the Fokl restriction enzyme.
  • the zinc finger domain can be redesigned through rational or experimental means to produce a protein that binds to a pre-determined DNA sequence -18 basepairs in length.
  • TAL-effector nucleases can be generated to cleave specific sites in genomic DNA.
  • a TALEN comprises an engineered, site-specific DNA-binding domain fused to the Fokl nuclease domain (reviewed in Mak et al. (2013), Curr Opin Struct Biol. 23:93-9).
  • the DNA binding domain comprises a tandem array of TAL-effector domains, each of which specifically recognizes a single DNA basepair.
  • Compact TALENs have an alternative endonuclease architecture that avoids the need for dimerization (Beurdeley et al. (2013), Nat Commun.4: 1762).
  • a Compact TALEN comprises an engineered, site-specific TAL-effector DNA-binding domain fused to the nuclease domain from the I-TevI homing endonuclease. Unlike Fokl, I-TevI does not need to dimerize to produce a double-strand DNA break so a Compact TALEN is functional as a monomer.
  • Engineered endonucleases based on the CRISPR/Cas9 system are also known in the art (Ran et al.
  • the CRISPR gene-editing technology is composed of an endonuclease protein whose DNA-targeting specificity and cutting activity can be programmed by a short guide RNA or a duplex crRNA/TracrRNA.
  • a CRISPR endonuclease comprises two components: (1) a caspase effector nuclease, typically microbial Cas9; and (2) a short "guide RNA” or a RNA duplex comprising a 18 to 20 nucleotide targeting sequence that directs the nuclease to a location of interest in the genome.
  • CRISPR systems There are two classes of CRISPR systems known in the art (Adli (2016) Nat. Commun. 9:1911), each containing multiple CRISPR types. Class 1 contains type I and type III CRISPR systems that are commonly found in Archaea. And, Class II contains type II, IV, V, and VI CRISPR systems. Although the most widely used CRISPR/Cas system is the type II CRISPR-Cas9 system, CRISPR/Cas systems have been repurposed by researchers for genome editing.
  • CRISPR/Cas proteins More than 10 different CRISPR/Cas proteins have been remodeled within last few years (Adli (2016) Nat. Commun.9:1911). Among these, such as Cas12a (Cpf1) proteins from Acidaminococcus sp (AsCpf1) and Lachnospiraceae bacterium (LbCpf1), are particularly interesting.
  • Homing endonucleases are a group of naturally occurring nucleases that recognize 15-40 base-pair cleavage sites commonly found in the genomes of plants and fungi. They are frequently associated with parasitic DNA elements, such as group 1 self-splicing introns and inteins.
  • MN Meganucleases
  • meganuclease is engineered I-CreI homing endonuclease. In other embodiments, meganuclease is engineered I-SceI homing endonuclease.
  • chimeric proteins comprising fusions of meganucleases, ZFNs, and TALENs have been engineered to generate novel monomeric enzymes that take advantage of the binding affinity of ZFNs and TALENs and the cleavage specificity of meganucleases (Gersbach (2016), Molecular Therapy.24: 430–446).
  • a megaTAL is a single chimeric protein, which is the combination of the easy-to-tailor DNA binding domains from TALENs with the high cleavage efficiency of meganucleases.
  • the nucleases and in the case of the CRISPR/ Cas9 system, a gRNA, must be efficiently delivered to the cells of interest. Delivery methods such as physical, chemical, and viral methods are also know in the art (Mali (2013). Indian J. Hum. Genet.19: 3-8.). In some instances, physical delivery methods can be selected from the methods but not limited to electroporation, microinjection, or use of ballistic particles.
  • vectors comprising the recombinant nucleic acid(s) encoding the TFP and/or additional molecules of interest (e.g., a protein or proteins to be secreted by the TFP T cell).
  • the vector is selected from the group consisting of a DNA, a RNA, a plasmid, a lentivirus vector, adenoviral vector, an adeno-associated viral vector (AAV), a Rous sarcoma viral (RSV) vector, or a retrovirus vector.
  • the vector is an AAV6 vector.
  • the vector further comprises a promoter.
  • the vector is an in vitro transcribed vector.
  • the nucleic acid sequences coding for the desired molecules can be obtained using recombinant methods known in the art, such as, for example by screening libraries from cells expressing the gene, by deriving the gene from a vector known to include the same, or by isolating directly from cells and tissues containing the same, using standard techniques. Alternatively, the gene of interest can be produced synthetically, rather than cloned.
  • the present disclosure also provides vectors in which a DNA of the present disclosure is inserted. Vectors derived from retroviruses such as the lentivirus are suitable tools to achieve long- term gene transfer since they allow long-term, stable integration of a transgene and its propagation in daughter cells.
  • Lentiviral vectors have the added advantage over vectors derived from onco- retroviruses such as murine leukemia viruses in that they can transduce non-proliferating cells, such as hepatocytes. They also have the added advantage of low immunogenicity.
  • the vector comprising the nucleic acid encoding the desired TFP of the present disclosure is an adenoviral vector (A5/35).
  • the expression of nucleic acids encoding TFPs can be accomplished using of transposons such as sleeping beauty, crisper, CAS9, and zinc finger nucleases. See, e.g., June et al., 2009 Nature Reviews Immunology 9.10: 704-716, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • the TFP of the present invention may be used in multicistronic vectors or vectors expressing several proteins in the same transcriptional unit.
  • Such vectors may use internal ribosomal entry sites (IRES). Since IRES are not functional in all hosts and do not allow for the stoichiometric expression of multiple protein, self-cleaving peptides may be used instead. For example, several viral peptides are cleaved during translation and allow for the expression of multiple proteins form a single transcriptional unit.
  • Such peptides include 2A-peptides, or 2A-like sequences, from members of the Picornaviridae virus family. See for example Szymczak et al., 2004, Nature Biotechnology; 22:589-594.
  • the recombinant nucleic acid described herein encodes the TFP in frame with the agent, with the two sequences separated by a self-cleaving peptide, such as a 2A sequence, or a T2A sequence.
  • a self-cleaving peptide such as a 2A sequence, or a T2A sequence.
  • the expression constructs of the present disclosure may also be used for nucleic acid immunization and gene therapy, using standard gene delivery protocols. Methods for gene delivery are known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.5,399,346, 5,580,859, 5,589,466, each of which is incorporated by reference herein in their entireties).
  • the present disclosure provides a gene therapy vector.
  • the nucleic acid can be cloned into a number of types of vectors.
  • the nucleic acid can be cloned into a vector including, but not limited to a plasmid, a phagemid, a phage derivative, an animal virus, and a cosmid.
  • Vectors of particular interest include expression vectors, replication vectors, probe generation vectors, and sequencing vectors.
  • the expression vector may be provided to a cell in the form of a viral vector.
  • Viruses which are useful as vectors include, but are not limited to, retroviruses, adenoviruses, adeno-associated viruses, herpes viruses, and lentiviruses.
  • a suitable vector contains an origin of replication functional in at least one organism, a promoter sequence, convenient restriction endonuclease sites, and one or more selectable markers, (e.g., WO 01/96584; WO 01/29058; and U.S. Pat.
  • retroviruses provide a convenient platform for gene delivery systems.
  • a selected gene can be inserted into a vector and packaged in retroviral particles using techniques known in the art.
  • the recombinant virus can then be isolated and delivered to cells of the subject either in vivo or ex vivo.
  • retroviral systems are known in the art.
  • adenovirus vectors are used.
  • a number of adenovirus vectors are known in the art.
  • lentivirus vectors are used.
  • Additional promoter elements e.g., enhancers, regulate the frequency of transcriptional initiation.
  • promoters typically contain functional elements downstream of the start site as well.
  • the spacing between promoter elements frequently is flexible, so that promoter function is preserved when elements are inverted or moved relative to one another.
  • tk thymidine kinase
  • the spacing between promoter elements can be increased to 50 bp apart before activity begins to decline.
  • individual elements can function either cooperatively or independently to activate transcription.
  • An example of a promoter that is capable of expressing a TFP transgene in a mammalian T cell is the EF1a promoter.
  • the native EF1a promoter drives expression of the alpha subunit of the elongation factor-1 complex, which is responsible for the enzymatic delivery of aminoacyl tRNAs to the ribosome.
  • the EF1a promoter has been extensively used in mammalian expression plasmids and has been shown to be effective in driving TFP expression from transgenes cloned into a lentiviral vector (see, e.g., Milone et al., Mol. Ther.17(8): 1453-1464 (2009)).
  • Another example of a promoter is the immediate early cytomegalovirus (CMV) promoter sequence.
  • This promoter sequence is a strong constitutive promoter sequence capable of driving high levels of expression of any polynucleotide sequence operatively linked thereto.
  • other constitutive promoter sequences may also be used, including, but not limited to the simian virus 40 (SV40) early promoter, mouse mammary tumor virus (MMTV), human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) long terminal repeat (LTR) promoter, MoMuLV promoter, an avian leukemia virus promoter, an Epstein-Barr virus immediate early promoter, a Rous sarcoma virus promoter, as well as human gene promoters such as, but not limited to, the actin promoter, the myosin promoter, the elongation factor-1a promoter, the hemoglobin promoter, and the creatine kinase promoter.
  • SV40 simian virus 40
  • MMTV mouse mammary tumor virus
  • HSV human immunodeficiency virus
  • LTR long terminal repeat
  • MoMuLV promoter
  • inducible promoters are also contemplated as part of the present disclosure.
  • the use of an inducible promoter provides a molecular switch capable of turning on expression of the polynucleotide sequence which it is operatively linked when such expression is desired or turning off the expression when expression is not desired.
  • inducible promoters include, but are not limited to a metallothionine promoter, a glucocorticoid promoter, a progesterone promoter, and a tetracycline-regulated promoter.
  • the expression vector to be introduced into a cell can also contain either a selectable marker gene or a reporter gene or both to facilitate identification and selection of expressing cells from the population of cells sought to be transfected or infected through viral vectors.
  • the selectable marker may be carried on a separate piece of DNA and used in a co-transfection procedure. Both selectable markers and reporter genes may be flanked with appropriate regulatory sequences to enable expression in the host cells. Useful selectable markers include, for example, antibiotic-resistance genes, such as neo and the like.
  • Reporter genes are used for identifying potentially transfected cells and for evaluating the functionality of regulatory sequences.
  • a reporter gene is a gene that is not present in or expressed by the recipient organism or tissue and that encodes a polypeptide whose expression is manifested by some easily detectable property, e.g., enzymatic activity. Expression of the reporter gene is assayed at a suitable time after the DNA has been introduced into the recipient cells.
  • Suitable reporter genes may include genes encoding luciferase, beta-galactosidase, chloramphenicol acetyl transferase, secreted alkaline phosphatase, or the green fluorescent protein gene (e.g., Ui-Tei et al., 2000 FEBS Letters 479: 79-82).
  • Suitable expression systems are well known and may be prepared using known techniques or obtained commercially.
  • the construct with the minimal 5’ flanking region showing the highest level of expression of reporter gene is identified as the promoter.
  • Such promoter regions may be linked to a reporter gene and used to evaluate agents for the ability to modulate promoter-driven transcription.
  • Methods of introducing and expressing genes into a cell are known in the art.
  • the vector can be readily introduced into a host cell, e.g., mammalian, bacterial, yeast, or insect cell by any method in the art.
  • the expression vector can be transferred into a host cell by physical, chemical, or biological means.
  • Physical methods for introducing a polynucleotide into a host cell include calcium phosphate precipitation, lipofection, particle bombardment, microinjection, electroporation, and the like. Methods for producing cells comprising vectors and/or exogenous nucleic acids are well-known in the art. See, for example, Sambrook et al., 2012, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, volumes 1-4, Cold Spring Harbor Press, NY). A preferred method for the introduction of a polynucleotide into a host cell is calcium phosphate transfection [00266] Biological methods for introducing a polynucleotide of interest into a host cell include the use of DNA and RNA vectors.
  • Viral vectors and especially retroviral vectors, have become the most widely used method for inserting genes into mammalian, e.g., human cells.
  • Other viral vectors can be derived from lentivirus, poxviruses, herpes simplex virus I, adenoviruses and adeno-associated viruses, and the like (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos.5,350,674 and 5,585,362.
  • Chemical means for introducing a polynucleotide into a host cell include colloidal dispersion systems, such as macromolecule complexes, nanocapsules, microspheres, beads, and lipid-based systems including oil-in-water emulsions, micelles, mixed micelles, and liposomes.
  • An exemplary colloidal system for use as a delivery vehicle in vitro and in vivo is a liposome (e.g., an artificial membrane vesicle).
  • Other methods of state-of-the-art targeted delivery of nucleic acids are available, such as delivery of polynucleotides with targeted nanoparticles or other suitable sub- micron sized delivery system.
  • an exemplary delivery vehicle is a liposome.
  • lipid formulations is contemplated for the introduction of the nucleic acids into a host cell (in vitro, ex vivo or in vivo).
  • the nucleic acid may be associated with a lipid.
  • the nucleic acid associated with a lipid may be encapsulated in the aqueous interior of a liposome, interspersed within the lipid bilayer of a liposome, attached to a liposome via a linking molecule that is associated with both the liposome and the oligonucleotide, entrapped in a liposome, complexed with a liposome, dispersed in a solution containing a lipid, mixed with a lipid, combined with a lipid, contained as a suspension in a lipid, contained or complexed with a micelle, or otherwise associated with a lipid.
  • Lipid, lipid/DNA or lipid/expression vector associated compositions are not limited to any particular structure in solution.
  • Lipids are fatty substances which may be naturally occurring or synthetic lipids.
  • lipids include the fatty droplets that naturally occur in the cytoplasm as well as the class of compounds which contain long-chain aliphatic hydrocarbons and their derivatives, such as fatty acids, alcohols, amines, amino alcohols, and aldehydes.
  • DMPC dimyristyl phosphatidylcholine
  • DCP dicetyl phosphate
  • Choi cholesterol
  • DMPG dimyristyl phosphatidylglycerol
  • Stock solutions of lipids in chloroform or chloroform/methanol can be stored at about -20 °C. Chloroform is used as the only solvent since it is more readily evaporated than methanol.
  • Liposome is a generic term encompassing a variety of single and multilamellar lipid vehicles formed by the generation of enclosed lipid bilayers or aggregates. Liposomes can be characterized as having vesicular structures with a phospholipid bilayer membrane and an inner aqueous medium. Multilamellar liposomes have multiple lipid layers separated by aqueous medium. They form spontaneously when phospholipids are suspended in an excess of aqueous solution. The lipid components undergo self-rearrangement before the formation of closed structures and entrap water and dissolved solutes between the lipid bilayers (Ghosh et al., 1991 Glycobiology 5: 505-10).
  • compositions that have different structures in solution than the normal vesicular structure are also encompassed.
  • the lipids may assume a micellar structure or merely exist as nonuniform aggregates of lipid molecules.
  • lipofectamine-nucleic acid complexes are also contemplated.
  • the present disclosure further provides a vector comprising a TFP encoding nucleic acid molecule.
  • a TFP vector can be directly transduced into a cell, e.g., a T cell.
  • the vector is a cloning or expression vector, e.g., a vector including, but not limited to, one or more plasmids (e.g., expression plasmids, cloning vectors, minicircles, minivectors, double minute chromosomes), retroviral and lentiviral vector constructs.
  • the vector is capable of expressing the TFP construct in mammalian T cells.
  • the mammalian T cell is a human T cell.
  • Circular RNA [00272]
  • TFP T cells are transduced with an RNA molecule.
  • the RNA is circular RNA.
  • the circular RNA is exogenous.
  • circular RNA is endogenous.
  • circular RNAs with an internal ribosomal entry site can be translated in vitro or in vivo or ex vivo.
  • Circular RNAs are a class of single-stranded RNAs with a contiguous structure that have enhanced stability and a lack of end motifs necessary for interaction with various cellular proteins. Circular RNAs are 3-5’ covalently closed RNA rings, and circular RNAs do not display Cap or poly(A) tails. Since circular RNAs lack the free ends necessary for exonuclease-mediated degradation, rendering them resistant to several mechanisms of RNA turnover and granting them extended lifespans as compared to their linear mRNA counterparts.
  • Circular RNAs are produced by the process of splicing, and circularization occurs using conventional splice sites mostly at annotated exon boundaries (Starke et al., 2015; Szabo et al., 2015).
  • splice sites are used in reverse: downstream splice donors are “backspliced” to upstream splice acceptors (see Jeck and Sharpless, 2014; Barrett and Salzman, 2016; Szabo and Salzman, 2016; Holdt et al., 2018 for review).
  • RNA circularization To generate circular RNAs that we could subsequently transfer into cells, in vitro production of circular RNAs with autocatalytic-splicing introns can be programmed.
  • a method for generating circular RNA can involve in vitro transcription (IVT) of a precursor linear RNA template with specially designed primers.
  • IVTT in vitro transcription
  • Three general strategies have been reported so far for RNA circularization: chemical methods using cyanogen bromide or a similar condensing agent, enzymatic methods using RNA or DNA ligases, and ribozymatic methods using self-splicing introns.
  • precursor RNA was synthesized by run-off transcription and then heated in the presence of magnesium ions and GTP to promote circularization. RNA so produced can efficiently transfect different kinds of cells.
  • the template includes sequences for the TFP, CAR, and TCR, or combination thereof.
  • the group I intron of phage T4 thymidylate synthase (td) gene is well characterized to circularize while the exons linearly splice together (Chandry and Bel- fort, 1987; Ford and Ares, 1994; Perriman and Ares, 1998).
  • td intron order is permuted flanking any exon sequence, the exon is circularized via two autocatalytic transesterification reactions (Ford and Ares, 1994; Puttaraju and Been, 1995).
  • the group I intron of phage T4 thymidylate synthase (td) gene is used to generate exogenous circular RNA.
  • a ribozymatic method utilizing a permuted group I catalytic intron has been used since it is more applicable to long RNA circularization and requires only the addition of GTP and Mg 2+ as cofactors.
  • This permuted intron-exon (PIE) splicing strategy consists of fused partial exons flanked by half-intron sequences.
  • a full-length encephalomyocarditis virus such as EMCV
  • IRES full-length encephalomyocarditis virus
  • TFP thymidylate synthase
  • T4 thymidylate synthase
  • the mentioned sequence further comprises complementary “homology arms” placed at the 5’ and 3’ ends of the precursor RNA with the aim of bringing the 5’ and 3’ splice sites into proximity of one another.
  • the splicing reaction can be treated with RNase R.
  • the anti-MSLN TFP is encoded by a circular RNA.
  • the circular RNA encoding the anti-MSLN TFP is introduced into a T cell for production of a TFP-T cell.
  • the in vitro transcribed RNA TFP can be introduced to a cell as a form of transient transfection.
  • linear precursor RNA is produced by in vitro transcription using a polymerase chain reaction (PCR)-generated template as is described herein.
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • the TFP T cells provided herein may be useful for the treatment of any disease or condition involving mesothelin over-expression.
  • the disease or condition is a disease or condition that can benefit from treatment with adoptive cell therapy.
  • the disease or condition is a tumor.
  • the disease or condition is a cell proliferative disorder.
  • the disease or condition is a cancer.
  • provided herein is a method of treating a disease or condition in a subject in need thereof by administering an effective amount of a TFP T cell provided herein to the subject.
  • the disease or condition is a cancer.
  • Any suitable cancer may be treated with the TFP T cells provided herein.
  • Illustrative suitable cancers include, for example, acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), acute myeloid leukemia (AML), adrenocortical carcinoma, anal cancer, appendix cancer, astrocytoma, basal cell carcinoma, brain tumor, bile duct cancer, bladder cancer, bone cancer, breast cancer, bronchial tumor, carcinoma of unknown primary origin, cardiac tumor, cervical cancer, chordoma, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, craniopharyngioma, ductal carcinoma, embryonal tumor, endometrial cancer, ependymoma, esophageal cancer, esthesioneuroblastoma, fibrous histiocytoma, Ewing sarcoma, eye cancer, germ cell tumor, gallbladder cancer, gastric cancer, gastrointestinal carcinoid tumor, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, gestational trophoblastic disease, glioma, head and neck cancer, hepatocellular cancer, histiocytosis
  • Modified T cells comprising the sequence encoding the TFP of the nucleic acid disclosed herein or a TFP encoded by the sequence of the nucleic acid disclosed herein. Further disclosed herein, in some embodiments, are modified allogenic T cells comprising the sequence encoding the TFP disclosed herein or a TFP encoded by the sequence of the nucleic acid disclosed herein. [00285] In some embodiments, the modified T cells comprising the recombinant nucleic acid disclosed herein, or the vectors disclosed herein comprises a functional disruption of an endogenous TCR.
  • the T cell further comprises a heterologous sequence encoding a TCR constant domain, wherein the TCR constant domain is a TCR alpha constant domain, a TCR beta constant domain or a TCR alpha constant domain and a TCR beta constant domain.
  • the endogenous TCR that is functionally disrupted is an endogenous TCR alpha chain, an endogenous TCR beta chain, or an endogenous TCR alpha chain and an endogenous TCR beta chain.
  • the T cell further comprises a heterologous sequence encoding a TCR constant domain, wherein the TCR constant domain is a TCR gamma constant domain, a TCR delta constant domain or a TCR gamma constant domain and a TCR delta constant domain.
  • the endogenous TCR that is functionally disrupted is an endogenous TCR gamma chain, an endogenous TCR delta chain, or an endogenous TCR gamma chain and an endogenous TCR delta chain.
  • the endogenous TCR that is functionally disrupted has reduced binding to MHC-peptide complex compared to that of an unmodified control T cell.
  • the functional disruption is a disruption of a gene encoding the endogenous TCR.
  • the disruption of a gene encoding the endogenous TCR is a removal of a sequence of the gene encoding the endogenous TCR from the genome of a T cell.
  • the T cell is a human T cell.
  • the T cell is a CD8+ or CD4+ T cell.
  • the T cell is an allogenic T cell.
  • the T cell is a TCR alpha-beta T cell.
  • the T cell is a TCR gamma-delta T cell.
  • the modified T cells are ⁇ T cells and do not comprise a functional disruption of an endogenous TCR.
  • the ⁇ T cells are V ⁇ 1+ V ⁇ 2- ⁇ T cells.
  • the ⁇ T cells are V ⁇ 1- V ⁇ 2+ ⁇ T cells.
  • the ⁇ T cells are V ⁇ 1- V ⁇ 2- ⁇ T cells.
  • the modified T cells further comprise a nucleic acid encoding an inhibitory molecule that comprises a first polypeptide comprising at least a portion of an inhibitory molecule, associated with a second polypeptide comprising a positive signal from an intracellular signaling domain.
  • the inhibitory molecule comprises the first polypeptide comprising at least a portion of PD1 and the second polypeptide comprising a costimulatory domain and primary signaling domain.
  • T cells can be obtained from a number of sources, including peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), bone marrow, lymph node tissue, cord blood, thymus tissue, tissue from a site of infection, ascites, pleural effusion, spleen tissue, and tumors.
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • T cells can be obtained from a leukopak.
  • any number of T cell lines available in the art may be used.
  • T cells can be obtained from a unit of blood collected from a subject using any number of techniques known to the skilled artisan, such as Ficoll TM separation.
  • cells from the circulating blood of an individual are obtained by apheresis.
  • the apheresis product typically contains lymphocytes, including T cells, monocytes, granulocytes, B cells, other nucleated white blood cells, red blood cells, and platelets.
  • the cells collected by apheresis may be washed to remove the plasma fraction and to place the cells in an appropriate buffer or media for subsequent processing steps.
  • the cells are washed with phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
  • the wash solution lacks calcium and may lack magnesium or may lack many if not all divalent cations. Initial activation steps in the absence of calcium can lead to magnified activation.
  • a washing step may be accomplished by methods known to those in the art, such as by using a semi-automated “flow-through” centrifuge (for example, the Cobe ® 2991 cell processor, the Baxter Oncology CytoMate, or the Haemonetics ® Cell Saver ® 5) according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
  • a semi-automated “flow-through” centrifuge for example, the Cobe ® 2991 cell processor, the Baxter Oncology CytoMate, or the Haemonetics ® Cell Saver ® 5
  • the cells may be resuspended in a variety of biocompatible buffers, such as, for example, Ca-free, Mg-free PBS, PlasmaLyte A, or other saline solution with or without buffer.
  • the undesirable components of the apheresis sample may be removed, and the cells directly resuspended in culture media.
  • the T cells are ⁇ T cells.
  • the T cells are ⁇ T cells.
  • ⁇ T cells are obtained from a bank of umbilical cord blood, peripheral blood, human embryonic stem cells, or induced pluripotent stem cells, for example.
  • T cells are isolated from peripheral blood lymphocytes by lysing the red blood cells and depleting the monocytes, for example, by centrifugation through a PERCOLL ® gradient or by counterflow centrifugal elutriation.
  • T cells such as CD3+, CD28+, CD4+, CD8+, CD45RA+, CD45RO+, alpha-beta, or gamma-delta T cells
  • CD4+ and CD8+ T cells are isolated with anti-CD4 and anti-CD8 microbeads.
  • T cells are isolated by incubation with anti-CD3/anti-CD28 (e.g., 3x28)-conjugated beads, such as DYNABEADS ® M-450 CD3/CD28 T or Trans-Act ® beads, for a time period sufficient for positive selection of the desired T cells. In one aspect, the time period is about 30 minutes.
  • the time period ranges from 30 minutes to 36 hours or longer and all integer values there between. In a further aspect, the time period is at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 hours. In yet another preferred aspect, the time period is 10 to 24 hours. In one aspect, the incubation time period is 24 hours. Longer incubation times may be used to isolate T cells in any situation where there are few T cells as compared to other cell types, such in isolating tumor infiltrating lymphocytes (TIL) from tumor tissue or from immunocompromised individuals. Further, use of longer incubation times can increase the efficiency of capture of CD8+ T cells.
  • TIL tumor infiltrating lymphocytes
  • subpopulations of T cells can be preferentially selected for or against at culture initiation or at other time points during the process.
  • subpopulations of T cells can be preferentially selected for or against at culture initiation or at other desired time points.
  • the skilled artisan would recognize that multiple rounds of selection can also be used in the context of this present disclosure. In certain aspects, it may be desirable to perform the selection procedure and use the “unselected” cells in the activation and expansion process.
  • “Unselected” cells can also be subjected to further rounds of selection.
  • Enrichment of a T cell population by negative selection can be accomplished with a combination of antibodies directed to surface markers unique to the negatively selected cells.
  • One method is cell sorting and/or selection via negative magnetic immunoadherence or flow cytometry that uses a cocktail of monoclonal antibodies directed to cell surface markers present on the cells negatively selected.
  • a monoclonal antibody cocktail typically includes antibodies to CD14, CD20, CD11b, CD16, HLA-DR, and CD8.
  • T regulatory cells are depleted by anti-C25 conjugated beads or other similar method of selection.
  • a T cell population can be selected that expresses one or more of IFN- ⁇ TNF-alpha, IL-17A, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, GM-CSF, IL-10, IL-13, granzyme B, and perforin, or other appropriate molecules, e.g., other cytokines.
  • Methods for screening for cell expression can be determined, e.g., by the methods described in PCT Publication No. WO2013126712, which is herein incorporated by reference.
  • the concentration of cells and surface can be varied.
  • it may be desirable to significantly decrease the volume in which beads and cells are mixed together e.g., increase the concentration of cells, to ensure maximum contact of cells and beads.
  • a concentration of 2 billion cells/mL is used.
  • a concentration of 1 billion cells/mL is used.
  • greater than 100 million cells/mL is used.
  • a concentration of cells of 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 million cells/mL is used.
  • a concentration of cells from 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, or 100 million cells/mL is used.
  • concentrations of 125 or 150 million cells/mL can be used.
  • Using high concentrations can result in increased cell yield, cell activation, and cell expansion.
  • use of high cell concentrations allows more efficient capture of cells that may weakly express target antigens of interest, such as CD28-negative T cells, or from samples where there are many tumor cells present (e.g., leukemic blood, tumor tissue, etc.). Such populations of cells may have therapeutic value and would be desirable to obtain.
  • using high concentration of cells allows more efficient selection of CD8+ T cells that normally have weaker CD28 expression.
  • the concentration of cells used is 5x10 6 /mL. In other aspects, the concentration used can be from about 1x10 5 /mL to 1x10 6 /mL, and any integer value in between.
  • the cells may be incubated on a rotator for varying lengths of time at varying speeds at either 2-10 °C or at room temperature.
  • T cells for stimulation can also be frozen after a washing step.
  • the freeze and subsequent thaw step provides a more uniform product by removing granulocytes and to some extent monocytes in the cell population.
  • the cells may be suspended in a freezing solution.
  • one method involves using PBS containing 20% DMSO and 8% human serum albumin, or culture media containing 10% Dextran 40 and 5% Dextrose, 20% Human Serum Albumin and 7.5% DMSO, or 31.25% Plasmalyte-A, 31.25% Dextrose 5%, 0.45% NaCl, 10% Dextran 40 and 5% Dextrose, 20% Human Serum Albumin, and 7.5% DMSO or other suitable cell freezing media containing for example, Hespan and PlasmaLyte A, the cells then are frozen to -80 °C at a rate of 1 per minute and stored in the vapor phase of a liquid nitrogen storage tank.
  • cryopreserved cells are thawed and washed as described herein and allowed to rest for one hour at room temperature prior to activation using the methods of the present disclosure.
  • the collection of blood samples or apheresis product from a subject at a time period prior to when the expanded cells as described herein might be needed.
  • the source of the cells to be expanded can be collected at any time point necessary, and desired cells, such as T cells, isolated and frozen for later use in T cell therapy for any number of diseases or conditions that would benefit from T cell therapy, such as those described herein.
  • a blood sample or an apheresis is taken from a generally healthy subject.
  • a blood sample or an apheresis is taken from a generally healthy subject who is at risk of developing a disease, but who has not yet developed a disease, and the cells of interest are isolated and frozen for later use.
  • the T cells may be expanded, frozen, and used at a later time.
  • samples are collected from a patient shortly after diagnosis of a particular disease as described herein but prior to any treatments.
  • the cells are isolated from a blood sample or an apheresis from a subject prior to any number of relevant treatment modalities, including but not limited to treatment with agents such as natalizumab, efalizumab, antiviral agents, chemotherapy, radiation, immunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporin, azathioprine, methotrexate, and mycophenolate, antibodies, or other immunoablative agents such as alemtuzumab, anti-CD3 antibodies, cytoxan, fludarabine, cyclosporin, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolic acid, steroids, romidepsin, and irradiation.
  • agents such as natalizumab, efalizumab, antiviral agents, chemotherapy, radiation, immunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporin, azathioprine, methotrexate, and mycophenolate, antibodies, or other immunoablative agents such as alemtuzumab, anti-CD3
  • T cells are obtained from a patient directly following treatment that leaves the subject with functional T cells.
  • the quality of T cells obtained may be optimal or improved for their ability to expand ex vivo.
  • these cells may be in a preferred state for enhanced engraftment and in vivo expansion.
  • mobilization for example, mobilization with GM-CSF
  • conditioning regimens can be used to create a condition in a subject wherein repopulation, recirculation, regeneration, and/or expansion of particular cell types is favored, especially during a defined window of time following therapy.
  • Illustrative cell types include T cells, B cells, dendritic cells, and other cells of the immune system.
  • Activation and Expansion of T Cells [00299] T cells may be activated and expanded generally using methods as described, for example, in U.S. Pat.
  • the T cells of the present disclosure may be expanded by contact with a surface having attached thereto an agent that stimulates a CD3/TCR complex associated signal and a ligand that stimulates a costimulatory molecule on the surface of the T cells.
  • T cell populations may be stimulated as described herein, such as by contact with an anti-CD3 antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, or an anti-CD2 antibody immobilized on a surface, or by contact with a protein kinase C activator (e.g., bryostatin) in conjunction with a calcium ionophore.
  • a protein kinase C activator e.g., bryostatin
  • a ligand that binds the accessory molecule is used for co- stimulation of an accessory molecule on the surface of the T cells.
  • a population of T cells can be contacted with an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 antibody, under conditions appropriate for stimulating proliferation of the T cells.
  • an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 antibody To stimulate proliferation of either CD4+ T cells, CD8+ T cells, or CD4+CD8+ T cells, an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 antibody.
  • an anti-CD28 antibody include 9.3, B-T3, XR- CD28 (Diaclone, Besancon, France) can be used as can other methods commonly known in the art (Berg et al., Transplant Proc.30(8):3975-3977, 1998; Haanen et al., J. Exp. Med.190(9):13191328, 1999; Garland et al., J. Immunol. Meth.227(1-2):53-63, 1999).
  • T cells are activated by incubation with anti-CD3/anti-CD28-conjugated beads, such as DYNABEADS® or Trans-Act® beads, for a time period sufficient for activation of the T cells.
  • the time period is at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 hours.
  • the time period is 10 to 24 hours, e.g., 24 hours.
  • T cells are activated by stimulation with an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 antibody in combination with cytokines that bind the common gamma- chain (e.g., IL-2, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, IL-21, and others).
  • T cells are activated by stimulation with an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 antibody in combination with 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, or 100 U/mL of IL-2, IL-7, and/or IL-15. In some embodiments, the cells are activated for 24 hours. In some embodiments, after transduction, the cells are expanded in the presence of anti-CD3 antibody, anti-CD28 antibody in combination with the same cytokines.
  • cells activated in the presence of an anti-CD3 antibody and an anti-CD28 antibody in combination with cytokines that bind the common gamma-chain are expanded in the presence of the same cytokines in the absence of the anti-CD3 antibody and anti-CD28 antibody after transduction.
  • the cells after transduction, are expanded in the presence of anti-CD3 antibody, anti-CD28 antibody in combination with the same cytokines up to a first washing step, when the cells are sub-cultured in media that includes the cytokines but does not include the anti-CD3 antibody and anti-CD28 antibody.
  • the cells are subcultured every 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 days.
  • cells are expanded for 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, or 30 days.
  • the expansion of T cells may be stimulated with zoledronic acid (Zometa), alendronic acid (Fosamax) or other related bisphosphonate drugs at concentrations of 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 7.5, 10, or 100 ⁇ M in the presence of feeder cells (irradiated cancer cells, PBMCs, artificial antigen presenting cells).
  • T cells may be stimulated with isopentyl pyrophosphate (IPP), (E)-4-Hydroxy-3-methyl-but-2-enyl pyrophosphate (HMBPP or HMB-PP) or other structurally related compounds at concentrations of 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 7.5, 10, or 100 ⁇ M in the presence of feeder cells (irradiated cancer cells, PBMCs, artificial antigen presenting cells).
  • IPP isopentyl pyrophosphate
  • HMBPP or HMB-PP HMB-4-Hydroxy-3-methyl-but-2-enyl pyrophosphate
  • feeder cells irradiated cancer cells, PBMCs, artificial antigen presenting cells.
  • the expansion of T cells may be stimulated with synthetic phosphoantigens (e.g., bromohydrin pyrophosphate; BrHPP), 2M3B1 PP, or 2-methyl-3-butenyl-1 - pyrophosphate in the presence of IL-2 for one-to-two weeks.
  • the expansion of T cells may be stimulated with immobilized anti-TCRyd (e.g., pan TCRY6) in the presence of IL-2, e.g., for approximately 14 days.
  • the expansion of T cells may be stimulated with culture of immobilized anti-CD3 antibodies (e.g., OKT3) in the presence of IL-2.
  • the aforementioned culture is maintained for about seven days prior to subculture in soluble anti-CD3, and IL-2.
  • T cells that have been exposed to varied stimulation times may exhibit different characteristics.
  • typical blood or apheresed peripheral blood mononuclear cell products have a helper T cell population (TH, CD4+) that is greater than the cytotoxic or suppressor T cell population (TC, CD8+).
  • TH, CD4+ helper T cell population
  • TC cytotoxic or suppressor T cell population
  • Ex vivo expansion of T cells by stimulating CD3 and CD28 receptors produces a population of T cells that prior to about days 8-9 consists predominately of TH cells, while after about days 8-9, the population of T cells comprises an increasingly greater population of TC cells.
  • infusing a subject with a T cell population comprising predominately of TH cells may be advantageous.
  • an antigen-specific subset of TC cells has been isolated it may be beneficial to expand this subset to a greater degree.
  • other phenotypic markers vary significantly, but in large part, reproducibly during the course of the cell expansion process. Thus, such reproducibility enables the ability to tailor an activated T cell product for specific purposes.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for treating a disease associated with mesothelin expression. In one aspect, the present disclosure provides methods for treating a disease wherein part of the tumor is negative for mesothelin and part of the tumor is positive for mesothelin.
  • the TFP of the present disclosure is useful for treating subjects that have undergone treatment for a disease associated with elevated expression of mesothelin, wherein the subject that has undergone treatment for elevated levels of mesothelin exhibits a disease associated with elevated levels of mesothelin.
  • the present disclosure pertains to a method of inhibiting growth of a mesothelin- expressing tumor cell, comprising contacting the tumor cell with a mesothelin TFP T cell of the present invention such that the TFP-T is activated in response to the antigen and targets the cancer cell, wherein the growth of the tumor is inhibited.
  • the present disclosure pertains to a method of treating cancer in a subject.
  • the method comprises administering to the subject a mesothelin TFP T cell of the present invention such that the cancer is treated in the subject.
  • An example of a cancer that is treatable by the mesothelin TFP T cell of the present disclosure is a cancer associated with expression of mesothelin.
  • the cancer is a mesothelioma.
  • the cancer is selected from malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM), non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), serous ovarian adenocarcinoma, or cholangiocarcinoma.
  • the present disclosure includes a type of cellular therapy where T cells are genetically modified to express a TFP and the TFP-expressing T cell is infused to a recipient in need thereof.
  • the infused cell is able to kill tumor cells in the recipient.
  • TFP-expressing T cells are able to replicate in vivo, resulting in long-term persistence that can lead to sustained tumor control.
  • the T cells administered to the patient, or their progeny persist in the patient for at least one month, two month, three months, four months, five months, six months, seven months, eight months, nine months, ten months, eleven months, twelve months, thirteen months, fourteen month, fifteen months, sixteen months, seventeen months, eighteen months, nineteen months, twenty months, twenty-one months, twenty-two months, twenty-three months, two years, three years, four years, or five years after administration of the T cell to the patient.
  • the present disclosure also includes a type of cellular therapy where T cells are modified, e.g., by in vitro transcribed RNA, to transiently express a TFP and the TFP-expressing T cell is infused to a recipient in need thereof.
  • the infused cell is able to kill tumor cells in the recipient.
  • the T cells administered to the patient is present for less than one month, e.g., three weeks, two weeks, or one week, after administration of the T cell to the patient.
  • the anti-tumor immunity response elicited by the TFP-expressing T cells may be an active or a passive immune response, or alternatively may be due to a direct vs indirect immune response.
  • the TFP transduced T cells may exhibit specific proinflammatory cytokine secretion and potent cytolytic activity in response to human cancer cells expressing the mesothelin antigen, resist soluble mesothelin inhibition, mediate bystander killing and/or mediate regression of an established human tumor.
  • antigen-less tumor cells within a heterogeneous field of mesothelin-expressing tumor may be susceptible to indirect destruction by mesothelin-redirected T cells that has previously reacted against adjacent antigen-positive cancer cells.
  • the human TFP-modified T cells of the present disclosure may be a type of vaccine for ex vivo immunization and/or in vivo therapy in a mammal, e.g., a human.
  • ex vivo immunization With respect to ex vivo immunization, at least one of the following occurs in vitro prior to administering the cell into a mammal: i) expansion of the cells, ii) introducing a nucleic acid encoding a TFP to the cells or iii) cryopreservation of the cells.
  • Ex vivo procedures are well known in the art and are discussed more fully herein. Briefly, cells are isolated from a mammal (e.g., a human) and genetically modified (e.g., transduced or transfected in vitro) with a vector expressing a TFP disclosed herein. The TFP-modified cell can be administered to a mammalian recipient to provide a therapeutic benefit.
  • the mammalian recipient may be a human and the TFP-modified cell can be autologous with respect to the recipient.
  • the cells can be allogeneic, syngeneic or xenogeneic with respect to the recipient.
  • the procedure for ex vivo expansion of hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells is described in U.S. Pat. No.5,199,942, incorporated herein by reference, can be applied to the cells of the present disclosure. Other suitable methods are known in the art, therefore the present disclosure is not limited to any particular method of ex vivo expansion of the cells.
  • ex vivo culture and expansion of T cells comprises: (1) collecting CD34+ hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells from a mammal from peripheral blood harvest or bone marrow explants; and (2) expanding such cells ex vivo.
  • other factors such as flt3-L, IL-1, IL- 3 and c-kit ligand, can be used for culturing and expansion of the cells.
  • the present disclosure also provides compositions and methods for in vivo immunization to elicit an immune response directed against an antigen in a patient.
  • the cells activated and expanded as described herein may be utilized in the treatment and prevention of diseases that arise in individuals who are immunocompromised.
  • the TFP-modified T cells of the present disclosure are used in the treatment of diseases, disorders and conditions associated with expression of mesothelin.
  • the cells of the present disclosure may be used in the treatment of patients at risk for developing diseases, disorders and conditions associated with expression of mesothelin.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for the treatment or prevention of diseases, disorders and conditions associated with expression of mesothelin comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of the TFP- modified T cells of the disclosure.
  • the TFP-T cells of the present disclosure may be used to treat a proliferative disease such as a cancer or malignancy or a precancerous condition.
  • a proliferative disease such as a cancer or malignancy or a precancerous condition.
  • he cancer is a mesothelioma.
  • the cancer is selected from malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM), non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), serous ovarian adenocarcinoma, or cholangiocarcinoma.
  • MPM malignant pleural mesothelioma
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • serous ovarian adenocarcinoma or cholangiocarcinoma.
  • a disease associated with mesothelin expression includes, but is not limited to, e.g., atypical and/or non-classical cancers, malignancies, precancerous conditions or proliferative diseases expressing
  • Non- cancer related indications associated with expression of mesothelin include, but are not limited to, e.g., autoimmune disease, (e.g., lupus), inflammatory disorders (allergy and asthma) and transplantation.
  • autoimmune disease e.g., lupus
  • inflammatory disorders e.g.,allergy and asthma
  • transplantation e.g., atopic dermatitis, atopic fibros, fibroblasts, and/or fibroblasts, and fibroblasts, and fibroblasts, and transplantation.
  • the TFP-modified T cells of the present disclosure may be administered either alone, or as a pharmaceutical composition in combination with diluents and/or with other components such as IL-2 or other cytokines or cell populations.
  • the present disclosure also provides methods for inhibiting the proliferation or reducing a mesothelin-expressing cell population, the methods comprising contacting a population of cells comprising a mesothelin-expressing cell with an anti-mesothelin TFP-T cell of the present disclosure that binds to the mesothelin-expressing cell.
  • the anti-mesothelin TFP-T cell of the present disclosure may reduce the quantity, number, amount or percentage of cells and/or cancer cells by at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 65%, at least 75%, at least 85%, at least 95%, or at least 99% in a subject with or animal model a cancer associated with mesothelin-expressing cells relative to a negative control.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the present disclosure also provides methods for preventing, treating and/or managing a disease associated with mesothelin-expressing cells (e.g., a cancer expressing mesothelin), the methods comprising administering to a subject in need an anti-mesothelin TFP-T cell of the present disclosure that binds to the mesothelin-expressing cell.
  • the subject is a human.
  • disorders associated with mesothelin-expressing cells include autoimmune disorders (such as lupus), inflammatory disorders (such as allergies and asthma) and cancers (such as pancreatic cancer, ovarian cancer, stomach cancer, lung cancer, or endometrial cancer. or atypical cancers expressing mesothelin).
  • the present disclosure also provides methods for preventing, treating and/or managing a disease associated with mesothelin-expressing cells, the methods comprising administering to a subject in need an anti-mesothelin TFP-T cell of the present disclosure that binds to the mesothelin-expressing cell.
  • the subject is a human.
  • the present disclosure provides methods for preventing relapse of cancer associated with mesothelin-expressing cells, the methods comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an anti- mesothelin TFP-T cell of the present disclosure that binds to the mesothelin-expressing cell.
  • the methods comprise administering to the subject in need thereof an effective amount of an anti-mesothelin TFP-T cell described herein that binds to the mesothelin-expressing cell in combination with an effective amount of another therapy.
  • Combination Therapies [00323]
  • the TFP T cells provided herein are administered with at least one additional therapeutic agent. Any suitable additional therapeutic agent may be administered with a TFP T cell provided herein.
  • the additional therapeutic agent is selected from radiation, a cytotoxic agent, a chemotherapeutic agent, a cytostatic agent, an anti-hormonal agent, an EGFR inhibitor, an immunostimulatory agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, and combinations thereof.
  • the additional therapeutic agent comprises an immunostimulatory agent.
  • the immunostimulatory agent is an agent that blocks signaling of an inhibitory receptor of an immune cell, or a ligand thereof.
  • the inhibitory receptor or ligand is selected from cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated protein 4 (CTLA-4, also known as CD152), programmed cell death protein 1 (also PD-1 or CD279), programmed death ligand 1 (also PD-L1 or CD274), transforming growth factor beta (TGF ⁇ ), lymphocyte-activation gene 3 (LAG-3, also CD223), Tim-3 (hepatitis A virus cellular receptor 2 or HAVCR2 or CD366), neuritin, B- and T- lymphocyte attenuator (also BTLA or CD272), killer cell immunoglobulin-like receptors (KIRs), and combinations thereof.
  • CTL-4 cytotoxic T-lymphocyte-associated protein 4
  • TGF ⁇ transforming growth factor beta
  • LAG-3 also CD223
  • Tim-3 hepatit
  • the agent is selected from an anti-PD-1 antibody (e.g., pembrolizumab or nivolumab), and anti-PD-L1 antibody (e.g., atezolizumab), an anti-CTLA-4 antibody (e.g., ipilimumab), an anti-TIM3 antibody, carcinoembryonic antigen-related cell adhesion molecule 1 (CECAM-1, also CD66a) and 5 (CEACAM-5, also CD66e), vset immunoregulatory receptor (also VISR or VISTA), leukocyte-associated immunoglobulin-like receptor 1 (also LAIR1 or CD305), CD160, natural killer cell receptor 2B4 (also CD244 or SLAMF4), and combinations thereof.
  • an anti-PD-1 antibody e.g., pembrolizumab or nivolumab
  • anti-PD-L1 antibody e.g., atezolizumab
  • an anti-CTLA-4 antibody e.g., ipi
  • the agent is pembrolizumab. In some aspects, the agent is nivolumab. In some aspects, the agent is atezolizumab. [00326] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an agent that inhibits the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1. In some aspects, the additional therapeutic agent that inhibits the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1 is selected from an antibody, a peptidomimetic and a small molecule.
  • the additional therapeutic agent that inhibits the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1 is selected from pembrolizumab (KEYTRUDA®), nivolumab (OPDIVO®), atezolizumab, avelumab, pidilizumab, durvalumab, sulfamonomethoxine 1, and sulfamethizole 2.
  • the additional therapeutic agent that inhibits the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1 is any therapeutic known in the art to have such activity, for example as described in Weinmann et al., Chem Med Chem, 2016, 14:1576 (DOI: 10.1002/cmdc.201500566), incorporated by reference in its entirety.
  • the agent that inhibits the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1 is formulated in the same pharmaceutical composition an antibody provided herein. In some embodiments, the agent that inhibits the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1 is formulated in a different pharmaceutical composition from an antibody provided herein. In some embodiments, the agent that inhibits the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1 is administered prior to administration of an antibody provided herein. In some embodiments, the agent that inhibits the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1 is administered after administration of an antibody provided herein. In some embodiments, the agent that inhibits the interaction between PD-1 and PD-L1 is administered contemporaneously with an antibody provided herein, but the agent and antibody are administered in separate pharmaceutical compositions.
  • the immunostimulatory agent is an agonist of a co-stimulatory receptor of an immune cell.
  • the co-stimulatory receptor is selected from GITR, OX40, ICOS, LAG-2, CD27, CD28, 4-1BB, CD40, STING, a toll-like receptor, RIG-1, and a NOD-like receptor.
  • the agonist is an antibody.
  • the immunostimulatory agent modulates the activity of arginase, indoleamine-23-dioxygenase, or the adenosine A2A receptor.
  • the immunostimulatory agent is a cytokine.
  • the cytokine is selected from IL-2, IL-5, IL-7, IL-12, IL-15, IL-21, and combinations thereof.
  • the immunostimulatory agent is an oncolytic virus.
  • the oncolytic virus is selected from a herpes simplex virus, a vesicular stomatitis virus, an adenovirus, a Newcastle disease virus, a vaccinia virus, and a maraba virus.
  • additional therapeutic agents include a taxane (e.g., paclitaxel or docetaxel); a platinum agent (e.g., carboplatin, oxaliplatin, and/or cisplatin); a topoisomerase inhibitor (e.g., irinotecan, topotecan, etoposide, and/or mitoxantrone); folinic acid (e.g., leucovorin); or a nucleoside metabolic inhibitor (e.g., fluorouracil, capecitabine, and/or gemcitabine).
  • the additional therapeutic agent is folinic acid, 5-fluorouracil, and/or oxaliplatin.
  • the additional therapeutic agent is 5-fluorouracil and irinotecan. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a taxane and a platinum agent. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is paclitaxel and carboplatin. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is pemetrexate. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a targeted therapeutic such as an EGFR, RAF or MEK-targeted agent. [00332] The additional therapeutic agent may be administered by any suitable means. In some embodiments, a medicament provided herein, and the additional therapeutic agent are included in the same pharmaceutical composition. In some embodiments, an antibody provided herein, and the additional therapeutic agent are included in different pharmaceutical compositions.
  • administration of the antibody can occur prior to, simultaneously, and/or following, administration of the additional therapeutic agent.
  • administration of an antibody provided herein, and the additional therapeutic agent occur within about one month of each other.
  • administration of an antibody provided herein, and the additional therapeutic agent occur within about one week of each other.
  • administration of an antibody provided herein, and the additional therapeutic agent occur within about one day of each other.
  • administration of an antibody provided herein, and the additional therapeutic agent occur within about twelve hours of each other.
  • administration of an antibody provided herein, and the additional therapeutic agent occur within about one hour of each other.
  • Tumor Antigen Associated Diseases or Disorders Many patients treated with cancer therapeutics that are directed to one target on a tumor cell, e.g., BCMA, CD19, CD20, CD22, CD123, MUC16, MSLN, etc., become resistant over time as escape mechanisms such as alternate signaling pathways and feedback loops become activated. Dual specificity therapeutics attempt to address this by combining targets that often substitute for each other as escape routes. Therapeutic T cell populations having TCRs specific to more than one tumor- associated antigen are promising combination therapeutics.
  • the dual specificity TFP T cells are administered with an additional anti-cancer agent; in some embodiments, the anti- cancer agent is an antibody or fragment thereof, another TFP T cell, a CAR T cell, or a small molecule.
  • tumor-associated antigens include, but are not limited to, oncofetal antigens (e.g., those expressed in fetal tissues and in cancerous somatic cells), oncoviral antigens (e.g., those encoded by tumorigenic transforming viruses), overexpressed/ accumulated antigens (e.g., those expressed by both normal and neoplastic tissue, with the level of expression highly elevated in neoplasia), cancer-testis antigens (e.g., those expressed only by cancer cells and adult reproductive tissues such as testis and placenta), lineage-restricted antigens (e.g., those expressed largely by a single cancer histotype), mutated antigens (e.g., those expressed by cancer as a result
  • tumor-associated antigens include, but are not limited to, antigens of alpha- actinin-4, ARTC1, alphafetoprotein (AFP), BCR-ABL fusion protein (b3a2), B-RAF, CASP-5, CASP- 8, beta-catenin, Cdc27, CDK4, CDK12, CDKN2A, CLPP, COA-1, CSNK1A1, CD79, CD79B, dek- can fusion protein, EFTUD2, Elongation factor 2, ETV6-AML1 fusion protein, FLT3-ITD, FNDC3B, FN1, GAS7, GPNMB, HAUS3, HSDL1, LDLR-fucosyltransferase AS fusion protein, HLA-A2d, HLA-A11d, hsp70-2, MART2, MATN, ME1, MUM-1f, MUM-2, MUM-3, neo-PAP, Myosin class I, NFYC, OGT, OS
  • a TFP-expressing cell described herein may be used in combination with other known agents and therapies.
  • Administered “in combination”, as used herein, means that two (or more) different treatments are delivered to the subject during the course of the subject’s affliction with the disorder, e.g., the two or more treatments are delivered after the subject has been diagnosed with the disorder and before the disorder has been cured or eliminated or treatment has ceased for other reasons.
  • the delivery of one treatment can still be occurring when the delivery of the second begins, so that there is overlap in terms of administration. This is sometimes referred to herein as “simultaneous” or “concurrent delivery”.
  • the delivery of one treatment may end before the delivery of the other treatment begins.
  • the treatment is more effective because of combined administration.
  • the second treatment is more effective, e.g., an equivalent effect is seen with less of the second treatment, or the second treatment reduces symptoms to a greater extent, than would be seen if the second treatment were administered in the absence of the first treatment or the analogous situation is seen with the first treatment.
  • Delivery can be such that the reduction in a symptom, or other parameter related to the disorder is greater than what would be observed with one treatment delivered in the absence of the other.
  • the effect of the two treatments can be partially additive, wholly additive, or greater than additive.
  • the delivery can be such that an effect of the first treatment delivered is still detectable when the second is delivered.
  • the “at least one additional therapeutic agent” may include a TFP-expressing cell.
  • T cells that express multiple TFPs, which bind to the same or different target antigens, or same or different epitopes on the same target antigen. Also provided are populations of T cells in which a first subset of T cells express a first TFP and a second subset of T cells express a second TFP.
  • a TFP-expressing cell described herein and the at least one additional therapeutic agent can be administered simultaneously, in the same or in separate compositions, or sequentially. For sequential administration, the TFP-expressing cell described herein can be administered first, and the additional agent can be administered second, or the order of administration can be reversed.
  • a TFP-expressing cell described herein may be used in a treatment regimen in combination with surgery, chemotherapy, radiation, immunosuppressive agents, such as cyclosporin, azathioprine, methotrexate, mycophenolate, and tacrolimus, antibodies, or other immunoablative agents such as alemtuzumab, anti-CD3 antibodies or other antibody therapies, cytoxin, fludarabine, cyclosporin, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolic acid, steroids, romidepsin, cytokines, and irradiation.
  • a TFP- expressing cell described herein may also be used in combination with a peptide vaccine, such as that described in Izumoto et al.
  • a TFP-expressing cell described herein may also be used in combination with a promoter of myeloid cell differentiation (e.g., all-trans retinoic acid), an inhibitor of myeloid-derived suppressor cell (MDSC) expansion (e.g., inhibitors of c-kit receptor or a VEGF inhibitor), an inhibitor of MDSC function (e.g., COX2 inhibitors or phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors), or therapeutic elimination of MDSCs (e.g., with a chemotherapeutic regimen such as treatment with doxorubicin and cyclophosphamide).
  • a promoter of myeloid cell differentiation e.g., all-trans retinoic acid
  • MDSC myeloid-derived suppressor cell
  • an inhibitor of MDSC function e.g., COX2 inhibitors or phosphodiesterase-5 inhibitors
  • therapeutic elimination of MDSCs e.g., with a chemotherapeutic regimen such as treatment with doxorubicin and cyclophosp
  • Suitable therapeutic agents that may prevent the expansion of MDSCs include amino-biphosphonate, biphosphanate, sildenafil and tadalafil, nitroaspirin, vitamin D3, and gemcitabine. (See, e.g., Gabrilovich and Nagaraj, Nat. Rev. Immunol, (2009) v9(3): 162-174).
  • the subject can be administered an agent which reduces or ameliorates a side effect associated with the administration of a TFP-expressing cell.
  • cytokine release syndrome CRS
  • HHL hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis
  • MAS Macrophage Activation Syndrome
  • Symptoms of CRS include high fevers, nausea, transient hypotension, hypoxia, and the like.
  • the methods described herein can comprise administering a TFP-expressing cell described herein to a subject and further administering an agent to manage elevated levels of a soluble factor resulting from treatment with a TFP-expressing cell.
  • the soluble factor elevated in the subject is one or more of IFN- ⁇ , TNF ⁇ , IL-2, IL-6 and IL8.
  • an agent administered to treat this side effect can be an agent that neutralizes one or more of these soluble factors.
  • agents include, but are not limited to a steroid, an inhibitor of TNF ⁇ , and an inhibitor of IL-6.
  • An example of a TNF ⁇ inhibitor is entanercept.
  • An example of an IL-6 inhibitor is tocilizumab (toc).
  • the subject can be administered an agent which enhances the activity of a TFP-expressing cell.
  • the agent can be an agent which inhibits an inhibitory molecule.
  • Inhibitory molecules e.g., Programmed Death 1 (PD1), can, decrease the ability of a TFP-expressing cell to mount an immune effector response.
  • PD1 Programmed Death 1
  • inhibitory molecules examples include PD1, PD-L1, CTLA4, TIM3, LAG3, VISTA, BTLA, TIGIT, LAIR1, CD160, 2B4 and TGFR beta.
  • Inhibition of an inhibitory molecule e.g., by inhibition at the DNA, RNA or protein level, can optimize a TFP-expressing cell performance.
  • An inhibitory nucleic acid e.g., an inhibitory nucleic acid, e.g., a dsRNA, e.g., an siRNA or shRNA, can be used to inhibit expression of an inhibitory molecule in the TFP-expressing cell.
  • the inhibitor can be a shRNA.
  • the inhibitory molecule is inhibited within a TFP-expressing cell.
  • a dsRNA molecule that inhibits expression of the inhibitory molecule is linked to the nucleic acid that encodes a component, e.g., all of the components, of the TFP.
  • the inhibitor of an inhibitory signal can be, e.g., an antibody or antibody fragment that binds to an inhibitory molecule.
  • the agent can be an antibody or antibody fragment that binds to PD1, PD-L1, PD-L2 or CTLA4 (e.g., ipilimumab (also referred to as MDX-010 and MDX-101, and marketed as Yervoy TM ; Bristol-Myers Squibb; tremelimumab (IgG2 monoclonal antibody available from Pfizer, formerly known as ticilimumab, CP-675,206)).
  • the agent is an antibody or antibody fragment that binds to TIM3.
  • the agent is an antibody or antibody fragment that binds to LAG3.
  • the T cells may be altered (e.g., by gene transfer) in vivo via a lentivirus, e.g., a lentivirus specifically targeting a CD4+ or CD8+ T cell.
  • a lentivirus e.g., a lentivirus specifically targeting a CD4+ or CD8+ T cell.
  • the agent which enhances the activity of a TFP-expressing cell can be, e.g., a fusion protein comprising a first domain and a second domain, wherein the first domain is an inhibitory molecule, or fragment thereof, and the second domain is a polypeptide that is associated with a positive signal, e.g., a polypeptide comprising an intracellular signaling domain as described herein.
  • the polypeptide that is associated with a positive signal can include a costimulatory domain of CD28, CD27, ICOS, e.g., an intracellular signaling domain of CD28, CD27 and/or ICOS, and/or a primary signaling domain, e.g., of CD3 zeta, e.g., described herein.
  • the fusion protein can be expressed by the same cell that expressed the TFP.
  • the fusion protein may be expressed by a cell, e.g., a T cell that does not express an anti-mesothelin TFP.
  • the human or humanized antibody domain comprising an antigen binding domain that is an anti-mesothelin binding domain encoded by the nucleic acid, or an antibody comprising the anti- mesothelin binding domain, or a cell expressing the anti-mesothelin binding domain encoded by the nucleic acid can have an affinity value of at most about 200 nM, 100 nM, 75 nM, a 50 nM, 25 nM, 20 nM, 15 nM, 14 nM, 13 nM, 12 nM, 11 nM, 10 nM, 9 nM, 8 nM, 7 nM, 6 nM, 5 nM, 4 nM, 3 nM, 2 nM, 1 nM, 0.9 nM, 0.8 nM, 0.7 nM, 0.6 nM, 0.5 nM, 0.4 nM, 0.3 nM, 0.2 nM, 0.1 nM, 0.09 n
  • compositions of the present disclosure may comprise a TFP-expressing cell, e.g., a plurality of TFP-expressing cells, as described herein, in combination with one or more pharmaceutically or physiologically acceptable carriers, diluents or excipients.
  • Such compositions may comprise buffers such as neutral buffered saline, phosphate buffered saline and the like; carbohydrates such as glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrans, mannitol; proteins; polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine; antioxidants; chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione; adjuvants (e.g., aluminum hydroxide); and preservatives.
  • compositions of the present disclosure can be formulated for intravenous administration.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure may be administered in a manner appropriate to the disease to be treated (or prevented). The quantity and frequency of administration will be determined by such factors as the condition of the patient, and the type and severity of the patient’s disease, although appropriate dosages may be determined by clinical trials.
  • the pharmaceutical composition can be substantially free of, e.g., there are no detectable levels of a contaminant, e.g., selected from the group consisting of endotoxin, mycoplasma, replication competent lentivirus (RCL), p24, VSV-G nucleic acid, HIV gag, residual anti-CD3/anti-CD28 coated beads, mouse antibodies, pooled human serum, bovine serum albumin, bovine serum, culture media components, vector packaging cell or plasmid components, a bacterium and a fungus.
  • a contaminant e.g., selected from the group consisting of endotoxin, mycoplasma, replication competent lentivirus (RCL), p24, VSV-G nucleic acid, HIV gag, residual anti-CD3/anti-CD28 coated beads, mouse antibodies, pooled human serum, bovine serum albumin, bovine serum, culture media components, vector packaging cell or plasmid components, a bacterium and a fungus.
  • the bacterium may be at least one selected from the group consisting of Alcaligenes faecalis, Candida albicans, Escherichia coli, Haemophilus influenza, Neisseria meningitides, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus pneumonia, and Streptococcus pyogenes group A.
  • an immunologically effective amount When “an immunologically effective amount,” “an anti-tumor effective amount,” “a tumor- inhibiting effective amount,” or “therapeutic amount” is indicated, the precise amount of the compositions of the present disclosure to be administered can be determined by a physician with consideration of individual differences in age, weight, tumor size, extent of infection or metastasis, and condition of the patient (subject). It can generally be stated that a pharmaceutical composition comprising the T cells described herein may be administered at a dosage of 10 4 to 10 9 cells/kg body weight, in some instances 10 5 to 10 6 cells/kg body weight, including all integer values within those ranges. T cell compositions may also be administered multiple times at these dosages.
  • the cells can be administered by using infusion techniques that are commonly known in immunotherapy (see, e.g., Rosenberg et al., New Eng. J. of Med.319:1676, 1988).
  • infusion techniques that are commonly known in immunotherapy (see, e.g., Rosenberg et al., New Eng. J. of Med.319:1676, 1988).
  • T cells can be activated from blood draws of from 10 cc to 400 cc.
  • T cells can be activated from blood draws of 20 cc, 30 cc, 40 cc, 50 cc, 60 cc, 70 cc, 80 cc, 90 cc, or 100 cc.
  • the administration of the subject compositions may be carried out in any convenient manner, including by aerosol inhalation, injection, ingestion, transfusion, implantation or transplantation.
  • the compositions described herein may be administered to a patient trans arterially, subcutaneously, intradermally, intratumorally, intranodally, intramedullary, intramuscularly, by intravenous (i.v.) injection, or intraperitoneally.
  • the T cell compositions of the present disclosure can be administered to a patient by intradermal or subcutaneous injection.
  • compositions of the present disclosure can be administered by i.v. injection.
  • the compositions of T cells may be injected directly into a tumor, lymph node, or site of infection.
  • described herein are compositions for parenteral administration which comprises a solution of cells is dissolved or suspended in an acceptable carrier, for example, an aqueous carrier.
  • an aqueous carrier e.g., water, buffered water, 0.9% saline, 0.3% glycine, hyaluronic acid and the like.
  • These compositions can be sterilized by conventional, well known sterilization techniques, or can be sterile filtered.
  • compositions can contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions, such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • auxiliary substances such as pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents and the like, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • leukapheresis wherein leukocytes are collected, enriched, or depleted ex vivo to select and/or isolate the cells of interest, e.g., T cells.
  • T cell isolates may be expanded by methods known in the art and treated such that one or more TFP constructs of the present disclosure may be introduced, thereby creating a TFP-expressing T cell of the disclosure.
  • Subjects in need thereof may subsequently undergo standard treatment with high dose chemotherapy followed by peripheral blood stem cell transplantation. Following or concurrent with the transplant, subjects may receive an infusion of the expanded TFP T cells of the present disclosure. Expanded cells may be administered before or following surgery.
  • the dosage of the above treatments to be administered to a patient will vary with the precise nature of the condition being treated and the recipient of the treatment. The scaling of dosages for human administration can be performed according to art-accepted practices.
  • the dose for alemtuzumab will generally be in the range 1 to about 100 mg for an adult patient, usually administered daily for a period between 1 and 30 days.
  • the preferred daily dose is 1 to 10 mg per day although in some instances larger doses of up to 40 mg per day may be used (described in U.S. Pat. No.6,120,766).
  • the TFP can be introduced into T cells, e.g., using in vitro transcription, and the subject (e.g., human) receives an initial administration of TFP T cells of the disclosure, and one or more subsequent administrations of the TFP T cells of the disclosure, wherein the one or more subsequent administrations are administered less than 15 days, e.g., 14, 13, 12, 11, 10, 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, or 2 days after the previous administration. More than one administration of the TFP T cells of the present disclosure may be administered to the subject (e.g., human) per week, e.g., 2, 3, or 4 administrations of the TFP T cells of the present disclosure are administered per week.
  • the subject may receive more than one administration of the TFP T cells per week (e.g., 2, 3 or 4 administrations per week) (also referred to herein as a cycle), followed by a week of no TFP T cells administrations, and then one or more additional administration of the TFP T cells (e.g., more than one administration of the TFP T cells per week) is administered to the subject.
  • the subject e.g., human subject
  • the TFP T cells can be administered every other day for 3 administrations per week.
  • TFP T cells of the present disclosure can be administered for at least two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight or more weeks.
  • Mesothelin TFP T cells can be generated using lentiviral viral vectors, such as lentivirus. TFP- T cells generated that way will have stable TFP expression.
  • TFP T cells may transiently express TFP vectors for 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 days after transduction. Transient expression of TFPs can be effected by RNA TFP vector delivery. The TFP RNA can be transduced into the T cell by electroporation.
  • a potential issue that can arise in patients being treated using transiently expressing TFP T cells (particularly with murine scFv bearing TFP T cells) is anaphylaxis after multiple treatments.
  • an anaphylactic response might be caused by a patient developing humoral anti-TFP response, e.g., anti-TFP antibodies having an anti- IgE isotype. It is thought that a patient’s antibody producing cells undergo a class switch from IgG isotype (that does not cause anaphylaxis) to IgE isotype when there is a ten to fourteen-day break in exposure to antigen.
  • TFP T cell infusion breaks should not last more than ten to fourteen days.
  • Methods of Treatment Provided herein are methods of treating a human subject in need thereof after two or more lines of prior therapy for treating a cancer (e.g., a MSLN-expressing cancer).
  • the method can comprise administering to the human subject one or more doses of a population of T cells, wherein a T cell of the population of T cells comprises a recombinant nucleic acid comprising a sequence encoding a T cell receptor (TCR) fusion protein (TFP).
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • the population of T cells can be called anti- MSLN TFP T cells.
  • the TFP can comprise (a) a TCR subunit comprising (i) at least a portion of a TCR extracellular domain, (ii) a TCR transmembrane domain, and (iii) a TCR intracellular domain; and (b) an antibody domain comprising an anti-MSLN antigen binding domain.
  • the human subject may have previously received two or more lines (e.g., 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or more lines) of prior therapy for treating the cancer.
  • the TCR subunit and the anti-MSLN antigen binding domain can be operatively linked.
  • the TFP can functionally interact with an endogenous TCR complex in the T cell.
  • the methods provided herein can further comprise selecting the human subject for the treatment provided herein.
  • the selection of the human subject can be determined by an expression level of mesothelin in a tumor sample from the human subject.
  • the expression of mesothelin can be determined by various methods, for example, immunohistochemistry.
  • the tumor sample can be pathologically reviewed with confirmed positive mesothelin expression on at least about 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% or more tumor cells that are 2+ and/or 3+ by immunohistochemistry.
  • the tumor sample has been pathologically reviewed with confirmed positive mesothelin expression on at least about 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% or more tumor cells that are 2+ and/or 3+ by immunohistochemistry.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer may be a relapsed cancer after the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer may be highly refractory or highly resistant to the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer can be mesothelioma (e.g., malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM)), ovarian adenocarcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or non- small cell lung cancer (NSCLC).
  • MPM malignant pleural mesothelioma
  • NSCLC non- small cell lung cancer
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer can be selected from the group consisting of squamous carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sarcomata, endometrial cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, fallopian tube cancer, primary peritoneal cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, stomach cancer, bladder cancer, gall bladder cancer, liver cancer, thyroid cancer, laryngeal cancer, salivary gland cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, glioblastoma, glioma, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, mesothelioma, sarcoma, hematological cancer, leukemia, lymphoma, neuroma, and any combinations thereof.
  • At least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy can comprise surgery, chemotherapy, hormonal therapy, biological therapy, antibody therapy, radiation therapy, or any combinations thereof. Any combinations described herein can be referred to as a combination therapy.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy can comprise a therapy disclosed in Tables B1-B36 or a combination therapy including any two or more therapies disclosed in Tables B1-B36.
  • At least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy can comprise a systemic therapy.
  • the systemic therapy can comprise a biologic or chemotherapy.
  • the biologic can comprise an antibody, antibody drug conjugate (ADC), cellular therapy, peptide, polypeptide, enzyme, vaccine, oligonucleotide, oncolytic virus, polysaccharide, or gene therapy.
  • the biologic can comprise an antibody or antibody drug conjugate (ADC).
  • the antibody or ADC can comprise an antibody or ADC of Table B1 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the antibody or ADC can comprise bevacizumab or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the antibody or ADC can comprise an anti- mesothelin antibody or anti-mesothelin ADC.
  • the anti-mesothelin antibody or anti-mesothelin ADC can comprise an anti-mesothelin antibody or anti-mesothelin ADC of Table B3 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the antibody or ADC can comprise a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or ADC.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody or ADC can comprise a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or ADC of Table B2 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody can comprise nivolumab, pembrolizumab, cemiplimab, atezolizumab, avelumab, durvalumab, ipilimumab, or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the biologic can comprise a cellular therapy.
  • the cellular therapy can comprise a cellular therapy of table B4 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the cellular therapy can target mesothelin.
  • the cellular therapy can comprise a mesothelin-targeting cellular therapy of Table B5 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the cellular therapy can comprise an anti-MSLN CAR.
  • the biologic can target mesothelin-expressing cells.
  • the biologic that targets mesothelin- expressing cells can comprise a biologic targeting mesothelin-expressing cells of Tables B3, B5 and B6 or a biosimilar thereof.
  • the systemic therapy can comprise a chemotherapy agent.
  • the chemotherapy agent can comprise an alkylating agent (e.g., a nitrogen mustard analog or a platinum based compound), a targeted therapy, a protein kinase inhibitor, an antimetabolite (e.g., a folic acid analog or a pyrimidine analog), an anti-microtubule agent, an anthracycline, a topoisomerase inhibitor, a PARP inhibitor, a hormone modifying treatment, a taxane, a rapalog, or an epigenetic therapy (e.g., a DNMT inhibitor or an HDAC inhibitor).
  • the chemotherapy agent can comprise a chemotherapy agent of Table B13 or an analog thereof.
  • the chemotherapy agent can comprise a platinum-based compound.
  • the platinum-based compound can comprise a platinum-based compound of table B16 or an analog thereof.
  • the platinum-based compound can comprise cisplatin, oxaliplatin, or carboplatin.
  • the chemotherapy agent can comprise an antimetabolite.
  • the antimetabolite can comprise an antimetabolite in Table B19 or an analog thereof.
  • the antimetabolite can comprise raltitrexed.
  • the antimetabolite can comprise a folic acid inhibitor.
  • the folic acid inhibitor can comprise a folic acid inhibitor of Table B20 or an analog thereof.
  • the folic acid inhibitor can comprise pemetrexed or Alimta®.
  • the antimetabolite can comprise a pyrimidine analog.
  • the pyrimidine analog can comprise a pyrimidine analog of Table B21 or an analog thereof.
  • the pyrimidine analog can comprise gemcitabine.
  • the chemotherapy agent can comprise an anti-microtubule agent.
  • the anti- microtubule agent can comprise an anti-microtubule agent of Table B22 or an analog thereof.
  • the anti-microtubule agent can comprise vinorelbine.
  • the chemotherapy agent can comprise an anthracycline.
  • the anthracycline comprises an anthracycline of Table B23 or an analog thereof.
  • the anthracycline can comprise doxorubicin.
  • the chemotherapy agent can comprise mitomycin-C.
  • the chemotherapy agent can comprise trabectedin.
  • the chemotherapy can comprise an epigenetic therapy.
  • the epigenetic therapy can comprise an epigenetic therapy of Table B29 or an analog thereof.
  • the epigenetic therapy can comprise vorinostat or belinostat.
  • the chemotherapy agent can comprise a rapalog.
  • the rapalog can comprise a rapalog of Table B28 or an analog thereof.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy can comprise a targeted therapy.
  • the targeted therapy can comprise a targeted therapy of Table B17 or an analog thereof.
  • the targeted therapy can comprise sunitinib, dasatinib, and/or sorafenib.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy can comprise a checkpoint inhibitor.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor can comprise a checkpoint inhibitor of Table B33.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor can comprise a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or checkpoint inhibitor antibody drug conjugate.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody can comprise a checkpoint inhibitor antibody or checkpoint inhibitor antibody drug conjugate of Table B2.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor antibody can comprise nivolumab, pembrolizumab, cemiplimab, atezolizumab, avelumab, durvalumab, ipilimumab, or a biosimilar thereof.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy can comprise an antiangiogenic.
  • the antiangiogenic can comprise an antiangiogenic of Table B34.
  • the anti- angiogenic can comprise axitinib, bevacizumab, cabozantinib, cediranib, everolimus, lenalidomide, lenvatinib mesylate, nintedanib, pazopanib, ramucirumab, regorafenib, sorafenib, sunitinib, thalidomide, vandetanib, or ziv-aflibercept.
  • the combination therapy can comprise two or more systemic therapies or a systemic therapy in combination with chemotherapy or radiation therapy.
  • the combination therapy can comprise a chemotherapy and a biologic.
  • the combination therapy can comprise a combination therapy listed in Table B32.
  • the combination therapy can comprise a platinum-containing doublet chemotherapy.
  • at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy can comprise two or more different treatment regimes, e.g., different doses or dosing schedules.
  • each treatment regime may comprise administering a different amount of TFP T cells described herein.
  • the human subject may have received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject may have received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy.
  • the human subject may have received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a biologic.
  • the human subject may have received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a combination therapy including a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject may have received at least two lines of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject may have received at least two lines of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy.
  • the human subject may have received at least two lines of prior therapy comprising a biologic.
  • the human subject may have received at least two lines of therapy prior therapy comprising combination therapy including a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject may have received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a biologic.
  • the human subject may have received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a chemotherapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a combination therapy including a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject may have received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a biologic and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a combination therapy including a systemic therapy.
  • the human subject may have received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a surgical treatment or a combination therapy comprising a surgical treatment.
  • the human subject may have received at least one line of prior therapy comprising a systemic therapy and at least one line of prior therapy comprising a radiation therapy or a combination therapy comprising a radiation therapy.
  • the human subject described herein can have a cancer, e.g., a MSLN-expressing cancer.
  • the human subject can be at risk of recurrence.
  • the human subject may have a prior history of recurrence after at least one of the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer can be locally advanced.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer can be metastatic.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer can be refractory to at least two of the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the MSLN- expressing cancer may show less than 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25%, 20%, 15%, 10% or less regression after the human subject has received at least two of the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer can be recurrent following at least two of the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the population of T cells can be administered as a single agent.
  • the target dose of the population of T cells e.g., anti-MSLN TFP T cells
  • the target dose of the population of T cells may be about 1 x 10 8 /m 2 .
  • the target dose of the population of T cells may be about 5 x 10 8 /m 2 .
  • the target dose of the population of T cells may be about 1 x 10 9 /m 2 .
  • the target dose of the population of T cells may be at least about 1x10 6 /m 2 , 5x10 6 /m 2 , 1 x 10 7 /m 2 , 5 x 10 7 /m 2 , 1 x 10 8 /m 2 , 5 x 10 8 /m 2 , 1 x 10 9 /m 2 , 5 x 10 9 /m 2 , 1 x 10 10 /m 2 , 5 x 10 10 /m 2 or more.
  • the administered dose may be in range of ⁇ 20%, ⁇ 15%, ⁇ 10%, or ⁇ 5% of the target dose.
  • a second dose of the population of T cells can be administered no sooner than 300, 250, 200, 250, 100, 90, 80, 70, 60, 50, 40, 30, 20, or 10 days following administration of a first dose of the population of T cells and no later than 18, 17, 16, 15, 14, 13, 12, or 11 months following administration of the first dose.
  • administration of the TFP or population of T cells results in at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, at least 50%, at least 55%, at least 60%, at least 65%, at least 70%, or at least 70% regression in tumor volume.
  • the regression in tumor volume is maintained for at least 2 weeks, at least 1 month, at least 2 months, at least 3 months, at least 4 months, at least 5 months, at least 6 months, or at least 1 year.
  • the TFP or population of T cells is administered at least 2 weeks, at least 1 month, at least 2 months, at least 3 months, at least 4 months, at least 5 months, or at least 6 months following one or more prior lines of therapy.
  • the method can further comprise administering to the human subject a lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen prior to administration of the first dose of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can comprise administration of at least one dose of fludarabine and at least one dose of cyclophosphamide.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can comprise administration of five doses of fludarabine and three doses of cyclophosphamide.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can comprise administration of four doses of fludarabine and three doses of cyclophosphamide.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can comprise administration of four doses of fludarabine and four doses of cyclophosphamide.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can comprise any dosing schedule of fludarabine or cyclophosphamide described herein.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can comprise administration of fludarabine at a level of about 20 mg/m 2 /day on days -9 through -3 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can further comprise administration of cyclophosphamide at a level of about 700 mg/m 2 /day on days -7 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can comprise administration of fludarabine at a level of about 30 mg/m 2 /day on days -7 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can further comprise administration of cyclophosphamide at a level of about 600 mg/m 2 /day on days -6 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can comprise administration of fludarabine at a level of about 40 mg/m 2 /day on days -6 through -4 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen can comprise administration of cyclophosphamide at a level of about 400 mg/m 2 /day on days -5 through -3 relative to administration of the population of T cells.
  • the method further can comprise administering a checkpoint inhibitor agent to the human subject.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor can be administered at least one time (e.g., two times, three times, four times, five times, six times, or more) at two or more dose levels (e.g., three or four dose levels).
  • the two or more dose levels can comprise a first dose, a second dose, a third dose, and a fourth dose.
  • the first dose of the checkpoint inhibitor agent can be administered at least one week, two weeks, or three weeks after administration of the population of T cells.
  • the subsequent doses can be administered every one week, two weeks or three weeks thereafter.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor agent can be administered every one week, two weeks, or three weeks.
  • the checkpoint inhibitor can comprise any one of the checkpoint inhibitors of Table B33, e.g., pembrolizumab.
  • the TFP of the TFP T cell described herein can comprise an extracellular domain of a TCR subunit that comprises an extracellular domain or portion thereof of a protein selected from the group consisting of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, a CD3 delta TCR subunit, functional fragments thereof, and amino acid sequences thereof having at least one but not more than 20, 15, 10, or 5 modifications.
  • the TFP can comprise a transmembrane domain that comprises a transmembrane domain of a protein selected from the group consisting of a TCR alpha chain, a TCR beta chain, TCR gamma chain, a TCR delta chain, a CD3 epsilon TCR subunit, a CD3 gamma TCR subunit, a CD3 delta TCR subunit, functional fragments thereof, and amino acid sequences thereof having at least one but not more than 20, 15, 10, or 5 modifications.
  • the TCR intracellular domain can comprise an intracellular domain of TCR alpha, TCR beta, TCR delta, or TCR gamma, or an amino acid sequence having at least one modification thereto.
  • the TCR intracellular domain can comprise a stimulatory domain from an intracellular signaling domain of CD3 gamma, CD3 delta, or CD3 epsilon, or an amino acid sequence having at least one modification thereto.
  • the antibody domain e.g., an antibody domain comprising an anti-MSLN binding domain
  • the linker can be 120 amino acids in length or less.
  • the linker sequence can comprise (G4S)n, wherein G is glycine, S is serine, and n is an integer from 1 to 10, e.g., 1 to 4.
  • At least two or three of the TCR extracellular domain, the TCR transmembrane domain, and the TCR intracellular domain can be from a same TCR subunit. In some cases, at least two of the TCR extracellular domain, the TCR transmembrane domain, and the TCR intracellular domain can be from the same TCR subunit. For example, at least two of the TCR extracellular domain, the TCR transmembrane domain, and the TCR intracellular domain can be from CD3 epsilon. For example, at least two of the TCR extracellular domain, the TCR transmembrane domain, and the TCR intracellular domain can be from CD3 delta.
  • the TCR subunit can comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 49.
  • the TCR subunit can comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 50.
  • the TCR subunit can comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 51.
  • the TFP can comprise the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 52.
  • the population of T cells can be human T cells.
  • the population of T cells can be CD8+ T cells or CD4+ T cells.
  • the population of T cells can be alpha beta T cells or gamma delta T cells.
  • the population of T cells can be autologous or allogeneic T cells.
  • the method can further comprise obtaining a population of cells from the human subject prior to administration of the one or more doses of the population of T cells.
  • the method can further comprise transducing T cells from the population of cells with a recombinant nucleic acid comprising a sequence encoding the TFP, thereby generating the population of T cells (e.g., anti- MSLN TFP T cells).
  • the method can further comprise identifying the human subject as having a MSLN-expressing cancer.
  • the method may not induce cytokine release syndrome (CRS).
  • CRS cytokine release syndrome
  • the method may not induce CRS above grade 1, above grade 2, or above grade 3.
  • a method of treating a mesothelin (MSLN)-expressing cancer in a human subject in need thereof after two or more lines of prior therapy for treating the MSLN-expressing cancer can comprise (a) obtaining a population of cells from the human subject; and (b) administering to the human subject one or more doses of a population of T cells transduced with a recombinant nucleic acid comprising a sequence encoding a T cell receptor (TCR) fusion protein (TFP) as described herein.
  • TCR T cell receptor
  • TFP T cell receptor
  • the TFP can comprise (I) a TCR subunit comprising (i) a CD3 epsilon extracellular domain, (ii) a CD3 epsilon transmembrane domain, and (iii) a CD3 epsilon intracellular domain; and (II) an antibody domain comprising an anti-MSLN antigen binding domain.
  • the human subject may have previously received the two or more lines of prior therapy for treating the MSLN-expressing cancer.
  • the TCR subunit and the antibody domain can be operatively linked.
  • the TFP can be capable of functionally interacting with an endogenous TCR complex and/or at least one endogenous TCR polypeptide.
  • the MSLN-expressing cancer may be relapsed after the two or more lines of prior therapy, or may be highly refractory or highly resistant to the two or more lines of prior therapy.
  • the population of cells obtained from the human subject can be PBMCs.
  • the population of T cells can comprise a population of CD4+ and CD8+ T cells isolated from the PBMCs prior to transduction with the recombinant nucleic acid.
  • the human subject may have previously been identified as having a MSLN-expressing cancer.
  • the human subject can be identified as having a MSLN-expressing cancer by immunohistochemistry and/or flow cytometry to identify CD19 expression on cancerous cells from the human subject.
  • the human subject may have been diagnosed with the MSLN-expressing cancer.
  • a method of treatment can comprise administering a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein to a subject with a disease, disorder or condition.
  • the present disclosure provides methods of treatment comprising an immunogenic therapy.
  • Methods of treatment for a disease (such as cancer or a viral infection) are provided.
  • a method can comprise administering to a subject an effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • the method of treating a subject with a disease or condition comprises administering to the subject the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein.
  • the method is a method of preventing resistance to a cancer therapy, wherein the method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the method is a method of inducing an immune response, wherein the method comprises administering to a subject in need thereof the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the immune response is a humoral response. In some embodiments, the immune response is a cytotoxic T cell response.
  • the subject has cancer, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of mesothelioma, ovarian cancer, cholangiocarcinoma, lung adenocarcinoma, triple- negative breast cancer, and pancreatic adenocarcinoma.
  • the method further comprises administering at least one additional therapeutic agent or modality.
  • the at least one additional therapeutic agent or modality is surgery, a checkpoint inhibitor, an antibody or fragment thereof, a chemotherapeutic agent, radiation, a vaccine, a small molecule, a T cell, a vector, and APC, a polynucleotide, an oncolytic virus or any combination thereof.
  • the at least one additional therapeutic agent is an anti-PD-1 agent and anti-PD-L1 agent, an anti-CTLA-4 agent, or an anti-CD40 agent. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is administered before, simultaneously, or after administering the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein. [00395] In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is administered before, simultaneously, or after administering the pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein.
  • the cancer is selected from the group consisting of carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, leukemia, squamous cell cancer, lung cancer (including small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, and squamous carcinoma of the lung), cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer (including gastrointestinal cancer), pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, melanoma, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney or renal cancer, liver cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic carcinoma, head and neck cancer, colorectal cancer, rectal cancer, soft-tissue sarcoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, B-cell lymphoma (including low grade/follicular non-Hodg),
  • Non- limiting examples of cancers to be treated by the methods of the present disclosure can include melanoma (e.g., metastatic malignant melanoma), renal cancer (e.g., clear cell carcinoma), prostate cancer (e.g., hormone refractory prostate adenocarcinoma), pancreatic adenocarcinoma, breast cancer, colon cancer, lung cancer (e.g., non-small cell lung cancer), esophageal cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, liver cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, thyroid cancer, glioblastoma, glioma, leukemia, lymphoma, and other neoplastic malignancies.
  • melanoma e.g., metastatic malignant melanoma
  • renal cancer e.g., clear cell carcinoma
  • prostate cancer e.g., hormone refractory prostate adenocarcinoma
  • pancreatic adenocarcinoma breast cancer
  • a cancer to be treated by the methods of treatment of the present disclosure is selected from the group consisting of carcinoma, squamous carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, sarcomata, endometrial cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, cervical cancer, fallopian tube cancer, primary peritoneal cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the anogenital region, melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, squamous cell carcinoma of the lung, stomach cancer, bladder cancer, gall bladder cancer, liver cancer, thyroid cancer, laryngeal cancer, salivary gland cancer, esophageal cancer, head and neck cancer, glioblastoma, glioma, squamous cell carcinoma of the head and neck, prostate cancer, pancreatic
  • a cancer to be treated by the methods of the present disclosure include, for example, carcinoma, squamous carcinoma (for example, cervical canal, eyelid, tunica conjunctiva, vagina, lung, oral cavity, skin, urinary bladder, tongue, larynx, and gullet), and adenocarcinoma (for example, prostate, small intestine, endometrium, cervical canal, large intestine, lung, pancreas, gullet, rectum, uterus, stomach, mammary gland, and ovary).
  • carcinoma for example, cervical canal, eyelid, tunica conjunctiva, vagina, lung, oral cavity, skin, urinary bladder, tongue, larynx, and gullet
  • adenocarcinoma for example, prostate, small intestine, endometrium, cervical canal, large intestine, lung, pancreas, gullet, rectum, uterus, stomach, mammary gland, and ovary.
  • a cancer to be treated by the methods of the present disclosure further include sarcomata (for example, myogenic sarcoma), leukosis, neuroma, melanoma, and lymphoma.
  • a cancer to be treated by the methods of the present disclosure is breast cancer.
  • a cancer to be treated by the methods of treatment of the present disclosure is triple negative breast cancer (TNBC).
  • TNBC triple negative breast cancer
  • a cancer to be treated by the methods of treatment of the present disclosure is ovarian cancer.
  • a cancer to be treated by the methods of treatment of the present disclosure is colorectal cancer.
  • a patient or population of patients to be treated with a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure have a solid tumor.
  • a solid tumor is a melanoma, renal cell carcinoma, lung cancer, bladder cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer, colon cancer, gall bladder cancer, laryngeal cancer, liver cancer, thyroid cancer, stomach cancer, salivary gland cancer, prostate cancer, pancreatic cancer, or Merkel cell carcinoma.
  • a patient or population of patients to be treated with a pharmaceutical composition of the present disclosure have a hematological cancer.
  • the patient has a hematological cancer such as Diffuse large B cell lymphoma (“DLBCL”), Hodgkin’s lymphoma (“HL”), Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (“NHL”), Follicular lymphoma (“FL”), acute myeloid leukemia (“AML”), or Multiple myeloma (“MM”).
  • a patient or population of patients to be treated having the cancer selected from the group consisting of ovarian cancer, lung cancer and melanoma.
  • cancers that can be prevented and/or treated in accordance with present disclosure include, but are not limited to, malignant pleural mesothelioma (MPM), non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), serous ovarian adenocarcinoma, or cholangiocarcinoma.
  • MPM malignant pleural mesothelioma
  • NSCLC non-small cell lung cancer
  • serous ovarian adenocarcinoma or cholangiocarcinoma.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be used alone or in combination with conventional therapeutic regimens such as surgery, irradiation, chemotherapy and/or bone marrow transplantation (autologous, syngeneic, allogeneic or unrelated).
  • at least one or more chemotherapeutic agents may be administered in addition to the pharmaceutical composition comprising an immunogenic therapy.
  • the one or more chemotherapeutic agents may belong to different classes of chemotherapeutic agents.
  • therapeutically-effective amounts of the pharmaceutical compositions can be administered to a subject having a disease or condition.
  • a therapeutically-effective amount can vary widely depending on the severity of the disease, the age and relative health of the subject, the potency of the compounds used, and other factors.
  • the methods of treatment include one or more rounds of leukapheresis prior to transplantation of T cells.
  • the leukapheresis may include collection of peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs).
  • PBMCs peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • Leukapheresis may include mobilizing the PBMCs prior to collection.
  • non-mobilized PBMCs may be collected.
  • a large volume of PBMCs may be collected from the subject in one round.
  • the subject may undergo two or more rounds of leukapheresis.
  • the volume of apheresis may be dependent on the number of cells required for transplant. For instance, 12-15 litres of non-mobilized PBMCs may be collected from a subject in one round.
  • the number of PBMCs to be collected from a subject may be between 1x10 8 to 5x10 10 cells.
  • the number of PBMCs to be collected from a subject may be 1x10 8 , 5x10 8 , 1x10 9 , 5x10 9 , 1x10 10 or 5x10 10 cells.
  • the minimum number of PBMCs to be collected from a subject may be 1x10 6 /kg of the subject’s weight.
  • the minimum number of PBMCs to be collected from a subject may be 1x10 6 /kg, 5x10 6 /kg, 1x10 7 /kg, 5x10 7 /kg, 1x10 8 /kg, 5x10 8 /kg of the subject’s weight.
  • the methods of treatment include cancer treatment of a subject prior to administering anti-MSLN TFP cells.
  • the cancer treatment may include chemotherapy, immunotherapy, targeted agents, radiation and high dose corticosteroid.
  • the methods may include administering chemotherapy to a subject including lymphodepleting chemotherapy using high doses of myeloablative agents.
  • the methods include administering a preconditioning agent, such as a lymphodepleting or chemotherapeutic agent, such as cyclophosphamide, fludarabine, or combinations thereof, to a subject prior to the first or subsequent dose.
  • a preconditioning agent such as a lymphodepleting or chemotherapeutic agent, such as cyclophosphamide, fludarabine, or combinations thereof.
  • the subject may be administered a preconditioning agent at least 2 days prior, such as at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 days prior, to the first or subsequent dose.
  • the subject is administered a preconditioning agent no more than 10 days prior, such as no more than 9, 8, 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, or 2 days prior, to the first or subsequent dose.
  • the subject is administered between 0.3 grams per square meter of the body surface of the subject (g/m 2 ) and 5 g/m 2 cyclophosphamide. In some cases, the amount of cyclophosphamide administered to a subject is about at least 0.3 g/m 2 . In some cases, the amount of cyclophosphamide administered to a subject is about at most 5 g/m 2 .
  • the amount of cyclophosphamide administered to a subject is about 0.3 g/m 2 to 0.4 g/m 2 , 0.3 g/m 2 to 0.5 g/m 2 , 0.3 g/m 2 to 0.6 g/m 2 , 0.3 g/m 2 to 0.7 g/m 2 , 0.3 g/m 2 to 0.8 g/m 2 , 0.3 g/m 2 to 0.9 g/m 2 , 0.3 g/m 2 to 1 g/m 2 , 0.3 g/m 2 to 2 g/m 2 , 0.3 g/m 2 to 3 g/m 2 , 0.3 g/m 2 to 4 g/m 2 , 0.3 g/m 2 to 5 g/m 2 , 0.4 g/m 2 to 0.5 g/m 2 , 0.4 g/m 2 to 0.6 g/m 2 , 0.4 g/m 2 to 0.7 g/m 2 ,
  • the amount of cyclophosphamide administered to a subject is about 0.3 g/m 2 , 0.4 g/m 2 , 0.5 g/m 2 , 0.6 g/m 2 , 0.7 g/m 2 , 0.8 g/m 2 , 0.9 g/m 2 , 1 g/m 2 , 2 g/m 2 , 3 g/m 2 , 4 g/m 2 , or 5 g/m 2 .
  • the subject is preconditioned with cyclophosphamide at a dose between or between about 200 mg/kg and 1000 mg/kg, such as between or between about 400 mg/kg and 800 mg/kg.
  • the subject is preconditioned with or with about 600 mg/kg of cyclophosphamide.
  • the cyclophosphamide can be administered in a single dose or can be administered in a plurality of doses, such as given daily, every other day or every three days.
  • the agent e.g., cyclophosphamide
  • such plurality of doses is daily, such as on days -6 through -4 relative to administration of anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • the subject is administered fludarabine at a dose between or between about 1 milligrams per square meter of the body surface of the subject (mg/m 2 ) and 100 mg/m 2 .
  • the amount of fludarabine administered to a subject is about at least 1 mg/m 2 .
  • the amount of fludarabine administered to a subject is about at most 100 mg/m 2 .
  • the amount of fludarabine administered to a subject is about 1 mg/m 2 to 5 mg/m 2 , 1 mg/m 2 to 10 mg/m 2 , 1 mg/m 2 to 15 mg/m 2 , 1 mg/m 2 to 20 mg/m 2 , 1 mg/m 2 to 30 mg/m 2 , 1 mg/m 2 to 40 mg/m 2 , 1 mg/m 2 to 50 mg/m 2 , 1 mg/m 2 to 70 mg/m 2 , 1 mg/m 2 to 90 mg/m 2 , 1 mg/m 2 to 100 mg/m 2 , 5 mg/m 2 to 10 mg/m 2 , 5 mg/m 2 to 15 mg/m 2 , 5 mg/m 2 to 20 mg/m 2 , 5 mg/m 2 to 30 mg/m 2 , 5 mg/m 2 to 40 mg/m 2 , 5 mg/m 2 to 50 mg/m 2 , 5 mg/m 2 to 70 mg/m 2 , 5 mg/m 2 to 90 mg/m 2 , 5 mg/m/m
  • the amount of fludarabine administered to a subject is about 1 mg/m 2 , 5 mg/m 2 , 10 mg/m 2 , 15 mg/m 2 , 20 mg/m 2 , 30 mg/m 2 , 40 mg/m 2 , 50 mg/m 2 , 70 mg/m 2 , 90 mg/m 2 , or 100 mg/m 2 .
  • the fludarabine can be administered in a single dose or can be administered in a plurality of doses, such as given daily, every other day or every three days.
  • the agent e.g., fludarabine
  • the lymphodepleting agent comprises a combination of agents, such as a combination of cyclophosphamide and fludarabine.
  • the combination of agents may include cyclophosphamide at any dose or administration schedule, such as those described above, and fludarabine at any dose or administration schedule, such as those described above.
  • the subject is administered 400 mg/m 2 of cyclophosphamide and one or more doses of 20 mg/m 2 fludarabine prior to the first or subsequent dose of T cells.
  • the subject is administered 500 mg/m 2 of cyclophosphamide and one or more doses of 25 mg/m 2 fludarabine prior to the first or subsequent dose of T cells. In some examples, the subject is administered 600 mg/m 2 of cyclophosphamide and one or more doses of 30 mg/m 2 fludarabine prior to the first or subsequent dose of T cells. In some examples, the subject is administered 700 mg/m 2 of cyclophosphamide and one or more doses of 35 mg/m 2 fludarabine prior to the first or subsequent dose of T cells.
  • the subject is administered 700 mg/m 2 of cyclophosphamide and one or more doses of 40 mg/m 2 fludarabine prior to the first or subsequent dose of T cells. In some examples, the subject is administered 800 mg/m 2 of cyclophosphamide and one or more doses of 45 mg/m 2 fludarabine prior to the first or subsequent dose of T cells.
  • Fludarabine and cyclophosphamide may be administered on alternative days. In some cases, fludarabine and cyclophosphamide may be administered concurrently. In some cases, an initial dose of fludarabine is followed by a dose of cyclophosphamide.
  • an initial dose of cyclophosphamide may be followed by an initial dose of fludarabine.
  • a treatment regimen may include treatment of a subject with an initial dose of fludarabine 10 days prior to the transplant, followed by treatment with an initial dose of cyclophosphamide administered 9 days prior to the cell transplant, concurrently with a second dose of fludarabine.
  • a treatment regimen may include treatment of a subject with an initial dose of fludarabine 8 days prior to the transplant, followed by treatment with an initial dose of cyclophosphamide administered 7 days prior to the transplant concurrently with a second dose of fludarabine.
  • the anti-MSLN TFP T cell product may be administered as one or more infusions.
  • a subject is administered one dose of T cells. In some cases, a subject is administered more than one doses of T cells. In some cases, a subject is administered three doses of T cells. In some cases, a subject is administered four doses of T cells. In some cases, a subject is administered five or more doses of T cells. In some embodiments, two consecutive doses of T cells are administered no less than 60 days and no more than 12 months apart. In some embodiments, two doses of T cells are administered no more than 60 days apart. In some embodiments, the more than one doses of T cells are evenly spaced. In some embodiments, the one or more doses of T cells are not evenly spaced.
  • a single infusion may comprise a dose between 1x10 6 transduced cells per square meter body surface of the subject (cells/m 2 ) and 5x10 9 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • a single infusion may comprise between about 2.5x10 6 to about 5x10 9 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • a single infusion may comprise between at least about 2.5x10 6 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • a single infusion may comprise between at most 5x10 9 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • a single infusion may comprise between 1x10 6 to 1x10 8 , 1x10 6 to 2.5x10 8 , 1x10 6 to 5x10 8 , 1x10 6 to 1x10 9 , 1x10 6 to 5x10 9 , 2.5x10 6 to 5x10 6 , 2.5x10 6 to 7.5x10 6 , 2.5x10 6 to 1x10 7 , 2.5x10 6 to 5x10 7 , 2.5x10 6 to 7.5x10 7 , 2.5x10 6 to 1x10 8 , 2.5x10 6 to 2.5x10 8 , 2.5x10 6 to 5x10 8 , 2.5x10 6 to 1x10 9 , 2.5x10 6 to 5x10 9 , 5x10 6 to 7.5x10 6 , 5x10 6 to 1x10 7 , 5x10 6 to 5x10 7 , 5x10 6 to 5x10 7 , 5x10 6 to 1x10 7 , 5x10 6 to 5x10 7 , 5x10 6 to 1x10 8 , 5x
  • a single infusion may comprise between 1x10 6 transduced cells/m 2 , 2.5x10 6 transduced cells/m 2 , 5x10 6 transduced cells/m 2 , 7.5x10 6 transduced cells/m 2 , 1x10 7 transduced cells/m 2 , 4.25x10 7 transduced cells/m 2 , 5x10 7 transduced cells/m 2 , 7.5x10 7 transduced cells/m 2 , 1x10 8 transduced cells/m 2 , 2.5x10 8 transduced cells/m 2 , 5x10 8 transduced cells/m 2 , 1x10 9 transduced cells/m 2 , or 5x10 9 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • a subject is administered more than one dose of T cells and each dose has the same number of transduced T cells. In some embodiments, a subject is administered more than one dose of T cells and one or more of the doses do not have the same number of transduced T cells.
  • the method of treatment may comprise an initial PBMC collection from a subject. 1x10 6 to 1x10 8 PBMCs/kg of the subject weight may be collected. The PBMC fraction collected from the subject may then be enriched for T cells. Enriched T cells may be transduced as described herein to express anti-MSLN T cell receptor fusion protein (TFP). In some cases, the transduced T cells may be expanded and/or cryopreserved.
  • TFP anti-MSLN T cell receptor fusion protein
  • the subject may undergo lymphodepleting chemotherapy following the leukapheresis.
  • An alternating dose of fludarabine and cyclophosphamide may be administered to the subject.
  • the dosing schedule may be one described elsewhere herein.
  • the dose of fludarabine or an equivalent chemotherapeutic agent administered to the subject may be between 15 mg/m 2 to 45 mg/m 2 .
  • the dose of cyclophosphamide or an equivalent chemotherapeutic agent administered to the subject may be between 400g/m 2 to 800 mg/m 2 .
  • the doses of fludarabine and cyclophosphamide may be administered in an alternating manner, for instance in this scenario an initial dose of fludarabine may be followed by an initial dose of cyclophosphamide.
  • the administration of lymphodepleting agents may be followed by the transplantation of anti-MSLN TFP producing T cells.
  • T cells may be administered intravenously as a single dose to the subject.
  • a single infusion of cells may comprise between 1x10 7 transduced cells/m 2 to 5x10 9 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • the method of treatment may comprise an initial PBMC collection from a subject. 1x10 6 to 1x10 8 PBMCs/kg of the subject weight may be collected.
  • the PBMC fraction collected from the subject may then be enriched for T cells.
  • Enriched T cells may be transduced as described herein to express anti-MSLN T cell receptor fusion protein (TFP).
  • TBP T cell receptor fusion protein
  • An alternating dose of fludarabine and cyclophosphamide may be administered to the subject after the leukapheresis is complete.
  • the dosing schedule may be one described elsewhere herein.
  • the dose of fludarabine or an equivalent chemotherapeutic agent administered to the subject may be 20 mg/m 2 .
  • the dose of cyclophosphamide or an equivalent chemotherapeutic agent administered to the subject may be 700g/m 2 .
  • the doses of fludarabine and cyclophosphamide may be administered in an alternating manner, for instance in this scenario an initial dose of fludarabine may be followed by an initial dose of cyclophosphamide.
  • An initial dose of fludarabine may be administered on day -9 of the T cell transplant.
  • Other doses of fludarabine may be administered on days -8, -7, -6, -5, -4 and -3.
  • An initial dose of cyclophosphamide may be administered on day -7 concurrently with the fludarabine.
  • Other doses of cyclophosphamide may be administered on days -5 and -4.
  • the administration of lymphodepleting agents may be followed by the transplantation of anti-MSLN TFP producing T cells.
  • T cells may be administered intravenously as a single dose to the subject.
  • a single infusion of cells may comprise at least 1x10 7 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • a single infusion of cells may comprise at most 1x10 10 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • the method of treatment may comprise an initial PBMC collection from a subject. 1x10 6 to 1x10 8 PBMCs/kg of the subject weight may be collected. The PBMC fraction collected from the subject may then be enriched for T cells. Enriched T cells may be transduced as described herein to express anti-MSLN T cell receptor fusion protein (TFP).
  • TFP anti-MSLN T cell receptor fusion protein
  • An alternating dose of fludarabine and cyclophosphamide may be administered to the subject after the leukapheresis is complete.
  • the dosing schedule may be one described elsewhere herein.
  • the dose of fludarabine or an equivalent chemotherapeutic agent administered to the subject may be 40 mg/m 2 .
  • the dose of cyclophosphamide or an equivalent chemotherapeutic agent administered to the subject may be 400g/m 2 .
  • the doses of fludarabine and cyclophosphamide may be administered in an alternating manner, for instance in this scenario an initial dose of fludarabine may be followed by an initial dose of cyclophosphamide.
  • An initial dose of fludarabine may be administered on day -6 of the T cell transplant.
  • T cells may be administered intravenously as a single dose to the subject.
  • a single infusion of cells may comprise at least 1x10 8 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • a single infusion of cells may comprise at most 1x10 9 transduced cells/m 2 .
  • the method of treatment may comprise an initial PBMC collection from a subject.
  • 1x10 6 to 1x10 8 PBMCs/kg of the subject weight may be collected.
  • the PBMC fraction collected from the subject may then be enriched for T cells.
  • Enriched T cells may be transduced as described herein to express anti-MSLN T cell receptor fusion protein (TFP).
  • TFP anti-MSLN T cell receptor fusion protein
  • the transduced T cells may be expanded and/or cryopreserved.
  • the subject does not undergo lymphodepleting chemotherapy following the leukapheresis.
  • Anti-MSLN TFP producing T cells may be administered intravenously as a single dose to the subject.
  • a single infusion of cells may comprise between 1x10 8 cells/m 2 to 10x10 9 cells/m 2 .
  • the method of treating a subject in need thereof after two or more lines of prior therapy for treating a cancer comprises administering to the subject a T cell comprising TFP as described herein and an anti-PD-1 antibody as described herein.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered before administering the T cell, concurrently with the T cell, or after administering the T cell.
  • the T cell, the anti-PD-1 antibody, or a combination thereof is administered in one, two, three or more doses.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody can be an anti-PD-1 antibody described herein, for example, an anti-PD-1 antibody in Table B1.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered at least every 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, or 12 months.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered at least every 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 11 weeks, 12 weeks, 13 weeks, 14 weeks, 15 weeks, 16 weeks, 17 weeks, 18 weeks, 19 weeks, 20 weeks, 21 weeks, 22 weeks, 23 weeks, 24 weeks, 25 weeks, 26 weeks, 27 weeks, 28 weeks, 29 weeks, 30 weeks, 31 weeks, 32 weeks, 33 weeks, 34 weeks, 35 weeks, 36 weeks, 37 weeks, 38 weeks, 39 weeks, 40 weeks, 41 weeks, 42 weeks, 43 weeks, 44 weeks, 45 weeks, 46 weeks, 47 weeks, or 48 weeks.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered for at least about 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 11 weeks, 12 weeks, 13 weeks, 14 weeks, 15 weeks, 16 weeks, 17 weeks, 18 weeks, 19 weeks, 20 weeks, 21 weeks, 22 weeks, 23 weeks, 24 weeks, 25 weeks, 26 weeks, 27 weeks, 28 weeks, 29 weeks, 30 weeks, 31 weeks, 32 weeks, 33 weeks, 34 weeks, 35 weeks, 36 weeks, 37 weeks, 38 weeks, 39 weeks, 40 weeks, 41 weeks, 42 weeks, 43 weeks, 44 weeks, 45 weeks, 46 weeks, 47 weeks, or 48 weeks.
  • the anti-PD-1 antibody is administered with the dose of at least about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 255, 260, 265, 270, 275, 280, 285, 290, 295, 300, 310, 320, 330, 340, 350, 360, 370, 380, 390, 400, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460, 470, 480, 500, 550, 600,
  • Example 1 [00419] 10 5 anti-MSLN TFP or non-transduced (NT) cells were co-cultured with labeled with 10 4 MSTO-MSLN-LUC (mesothelin positive) or U251-LUC (mesothelin negative) tumor cells and incubated for 20 hours at 37 oC, 5% CO 2 . Luciferase activity was measured on cell lysates using SpectraMax Multi-mode Microplate ReaderCells. Bars in Figure 1 shows the average percentage of cell lysis for 3 wells ⁇ standard deviation. Results indicate that anti-MSLN TFP T cells produce IFN ⁇ and IL2 in response to mesothelin expressing tumor cells.
  • Example 2 anti-tumor and pro-inflammatory effects of anti-MSLN TFP are MSLN dependent [00420] 10 5 anti-MSLN TFP T cells or NT cells were co-cultured with 10 4 MSTO-MSLN-LUC (mesothelin positive) or U251-LUC (mesothelin negative) tumor cells at 37 oC, 5% CO 2 . Culture supernatants were collected after ⁇ 20 hours and IFNg and IL-2 were measured by Luminex-based assays. Bars in Figure 2 show average percentage of cytokine concentration in pg/mL for triplicate wells ⁇ standard deviation.
  • Example 3 Primary Mesothelioma Tumor Nod SCID Gamma (NSG) Animal Model
  • mice were infused with either anti-MSLN TFP T cells or non-transduced (NT) T cells and Tumor growth was monitored in the tumor bearing animals.
  • NT non-transduced
  • anti-MSLN TFP T cells were injected into the animals with established mesothelioma.
  • anti-MSLN TFP injected mice were rechallenged with MSTO (low msln) (panel A) or MSTO- MSLN (high MSLN) (panel B) at 10 6 cells per mouse. Na ⁇ ve mice were implanted with the same dose of each of the tumor cell lines. Tumor volume was monitored by caliper measurements twice a week.
  • Animals that had been re-challenged with MSTO-MSLN cells showed rapid and robust tumor control, whereas the control MSTO-mesothelin low tumors were observed to grow (Figure 4).
  • anti-MSLN TFP T cells are not only very efficacious at eliminating primary mesothelin expressing tumors, but also that the anti-MSLN TFP shows long-lasting persistence and function.
  • the effect exists long after primary tumor clearance and is associated with maintenance of functionality, with re-challenge experiments showing not only clear tumor eradication, reflecting proliferation and lytic functions, but that anti-MSLN TFP T cells are also capable of promoting immune surveillance, trafficking to sites distal from the primary tumor, and mediating anti- tumor activity.
  • Example 5 Peripheral blood and tumors were collected from MSTO-MSLN tumor bearing animals seven days post anti-MSLN TFP or NT T cell infusion.
  • Tumor volumes were measured on day 6 after injection with T cells.
  • the level of soluble MSLN (sMSLN) in plasma was measured on day 7 after T cell injection. Circulating levels of soluble mesothelin were reduced in anti-MSLN TFP Treated animals. Tumors harvested on day 7 after injection were examined by immunohistochemistry, which clearly showed T cell infiltration in tumors from anti-MSLN TFP T cell treated animals. This infiltration correlated with a reduction in mesothelin staining in these tumors (Figure 5).
  • Tumor bearing mice were treated with PBS, NT T cells or anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Anti-MSLN TFP T cell treatment resulted in tumor control and recession between days 7 to 10 post infusion and complete tumor regression were achieved by day 20 post infusion and were maintained until the endpoint of the study (day 42 post fusion). No tumor regression was observed in PBS or NT T cell treated groups (Figure 6).
  • IFN-g, IL-2, IL-5, IL-6, IL- 10, sCD137, GM-CSF, and tumor necrosis factor alpha as well as cytolytic payload proteins (Granzyme A and Granzyme B).
  • the production kinetics of all cytokines, except IL-2 correlated with the tumor control observed for anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Example 7 Ovarian (OVCAR3) Adenocarcinoma NSG Model
  • OVCAR3 Ovarian (OVCAR3) Adenocarcinoma NSG model
  • This cell line expresses luciferase, which enables tracking and monitoring disease longitudinally with bioluminescence imaging (BLI) ( Figure 7).
  • Intraperitoneal (IP) delivery of OVCAR3 cells was conducted to better reflect the clinical condition.
  • NSG mice were implanted IP with 10 7 OVCAR3-luc tumor cells. Five days later, mice were injected intraperitoneally (IP) with 4 x 10 6 anti-MSLN TFP- transduced T cells (1 x 10 7 total T cells), NT T cells (1x10 7 total T cells) or vehicle.
  • IP intraperitoneally
  • mice were injected IP with luciferin (150 mg/kg) and imaged using IVIS to monitor tumor growth.
  • Tumor-bearing mice treated with either NT T cells or vehicle had progressive tumor growth, while mice treated with anti- MSLN TFP had regression of tumor in 6/7 mice.
  • tumor burden reached luminesce of 5 ⁇ 10 7
  • animals were treated with either NT or anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • anti-MSLN TFP Treatment significantly reduced the disease burden in most mice when compared to vehicle or NT T cells.
  • Example 8 Phase 1/II Clinical Trial of anti-MSLN TFP [00427] This example provides details of a first-in-human phase 1/II open label clinical study to evaluate the safety and efficacy of autologous genetically engineered anti-MSLN TFP T cells in subjects with advanced mesothelin-positive cancers.
  • Phase 1 Primary Objectives [00428] Evaluate the safety of autologous genetically modified anti-MSLN TFP T cells in subjects with mesothelin-expressing unresectable, metastatic, or recurrent cancers; and establish the recommended phase 2 dose (RP2D) according to dose-limiting toxicity (DLT) of defined adverse events (AEs).
  • RP2D phase 2 dose
  • DLT dose-limiting toxicity
  • Phase 1 Secondary Objectives Determine the ORR: complete response (CR) + PR according to Response Evaluation Criteria in Solid Tumors RECIST) v 1.1 and response duration when anti-MSLN TFP T cells are administered with or without a lymphodepletion regimen; evaluate the efficacy of autologous genetically modified anti-MSLN TFP T cells in subjects with mesothelin-expressing unresectable, metastatic, or recurrent cancers as assessed by time to response (TTR), duration of response (DoR), PFS, and OS; and develop and validate an in vitro diagnostic (IVD) assay for the screening of mesothelin expression for regulatory approval.
  • TTR time to response
  • DoR duration of response
  • IFS in vitro diagnostic
  • Phase 2 Primary Objectives To evaluate the efficacy of autologous genetically modified anti-MSLN TFP T cells in subjects with mesothelin-expressing unresectable, metastatic, or recurrent cancers; and endpoints: overall response rate (ORR: CR + PR) according to RECIST v1.1.
  • Phase 2 Exploratory Objectives To evaluate the correlation between resistance or response to anti-MSLN TFP T cell therapy with anti-MSLN TFP T cell expansion, persistence, phenotype, and functionality; to evaluate candidate biomarkers in tumor tissue, including anti-MSLN TFP T cell infiltration and pre and post evaluation of the tumor microenvironment and measurement of immune cell markers, and correlation with clinical response to treatment; and to evaluate changes in health-related quality of life following treatment with anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Overall Study Design [00433] The purpose of the clinical study is to evaluate the safety and efficacy of autologous genetically engineered anti-MSLN TFP T cells in subjects with advanced mesothelin-positive cancers.
  • the study is completed when the last subject that responds to anti-MSLN TFP T cell treatment has been followed for 24 months, or when the last patient infused with anti-MSLN TFP T cells withdraws consent, experiences disease progression, dies, or is lost to follow-up, whichever occurs last. All subjects are transferred to a dedicated long-term follow-up (LTFU) protocol to be monitored for gene therapy-related delayed adverse events for 15 years (from initial date of anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion), in accordance with FDA regulatory requirements for gene therapy clinical trials. [00434] Subjects are screened for general health, performance status, diagnosis, disease stage, and mesothelin expression.
  • Subjects are aged >18 years with a diagnosis of MPM, NSCLC, ovarian cancer, or cholangiocarcinoma confirmed by central histology assessment. Subjects undergo testing to determine adequate presence of mesothelin expression on the tumor. [00436] Following screening, subjects meeting all eligibility will undergo a large-volume leukapheresis at the enrolling institution to obtain cells for the manufacture of autologous anti-MSLN TFP T cells. Subject peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) is collected and processed at the site for T cell selection, gene transduction, activation, and expansion. [00437] Frozen leukocytes are shipped centrally for further processing.
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • anti-MSLN TFP T cells lentivirally transduced T cells
  • the phase 1 portion of the study evaluates 4 doses of anti-MSLN TFP T cells preceded (Dose Levels 1, 3, 5, and 7) or not (Dose Levels 0, 2, 4, and 6) by a lymphodepleting chemotherapy regimen with fludarabine for 4 days (day -7 to day -4) and cyclophosphamide for 3 days (day -6 through day - 4). 16 to 28 subjects are treated during the dose escalation phase.
  • dose escalation proceeds in single patient cohorts to identify the RP2D. Should the first subject enrolled in a dose level without lymphodepletion develop a grade ⁇ 3 toxicity presumably related to anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion, the single patient cohort is expanded to a 3-patient cohort and proceed according to a 3 + 3 dose escalation design. If the initial dose level (e.g., DL0) is deemed not safe, a lower dose of 1 ⁇ 10 7 /m 2 is evaluated (DL-1).
  • a standard 3 + 3 dose escalation strategy is used to identify the recommended phase 2 dose (RP2D).
  • R2D recommended phase 2 dose
  • Subjects receive Granulocyte Colony Stimulating Factor (G-CSF) support starting 24 hours after lymphodepleting chemotherapy until resolution of neutropenia.
  • G-CSF Granulocyte Colony Stimulating Factor
  • Both the lymphodepleting chemotherapy as well as the anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion may either be given as an outpatient treatment or subjects may be hospitalized at the discretion of the Investigator.
  • an anti- MSLN TFP T cell dose fails to meet the minimum dose requirement, subjects may still be eligible to receive anti-MSLN TFP T cells and participate on this trial. However, an additional subject whose anti-MSLN TFP T cell dose meets the minimum cell dose requirement is added to the cohort. [00443] Subjects treated in the phase 2 portion of the study who have a confirmed response or have SD for > 4 months and then progress may receive a second anti-MSLN TFP infusion, provided eligibility criteria are met again, including adequate mesothelin expression. The second infusion is administered following the same guidelines that rule the administration of the first one.
  • Subjects meeting eligibility criteria may receive a second anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion no sooner than 60 days and no later than 12 months following completion of the first anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion.
  • Study Duration and Completion [00444] For each individual subject, the length of study participation includes an up to 28-day screening period that would account for the time from signing the pre-screening informed consent form to determining full eligibility and enrollment, a 4-day conditioning chemotherapy treatment period (as applicable), an anti-MSLN TFP T cell treatment period (which may include an in-hospital period), and a post treatment assessment period lasting a maximum of 24 months.
  • the duration of the study is approximately 2 years and 2 months.
  • individual study duration varies depending on a subject’s screening requirements, response to treatment, and survival.
  • the study is completed when the last subject that responds to anti- MSLN TFP T cell treatment has been followed for 24 months, or when the last patient infused with anti-MSLN TFP T cells withdraws consent, experiences disease progression, dies, or is lost to follow- up, whichever occurs last.
  • LTFU long-term follow-up
  • All subjects are transferred to a dedicated long-term follow-up (LTFU) protocol in order to be monitored for gene therapy-related delayed adverse events for 15 years (from initial date of anti- MSLN TFP T cell infusion), in accordance with FDA regulatory requirements for gene therapy clinical trials.
  • Transfer to the LTFU protocol occurs when patients complete 24 months of follow-up post anti- MSLN TFP T cell infusion, or when they withdraw consent from the current protocol or experience disease progression, whichever comes first. All subjects continue to be followed for overall survival on the LTFU protocol.
  • Subject Eligibility Subjects are assessed for and must meet eligibility criteria for study participation (e.g., at screening) AND again prior to first protocol defined therapy (e.g., at baseline) unless otherwise specified below.
  • a subject must meet the following inclusion criteria to be eligible for participation in the study: [00449] Subject (or legally authorized representative) has voluntarily agreed to participate by giving written informed consent in accordance with ICH Good Clinical Practice (GCP) guidelines and applicable local regulations. [00450] Subject has agreed to abide by all protocol required procedures including study related assessments, and management by the treating institution for the duration of the study and LTFU. [00451] Subject is > 18 years of age at the time the Informed Consent is signed. [00452] Subject has a pathologically confirmed diagnosis (for screening: fresh tissue preferred but banked tumor biopsy allowed if obtained within the prior 12 months.
  • GCP ICH Good Clinical Practice
  • cytology is insufficient) of either MPM, serous ovarian adenocarcinoma, cholangiocarcinoma, or NSCLC.
  • Subject has been pathologically reviewed with confirmed positive mesothelin expression on > 50% of tumor cells that are 2+ and/or 3+ by immunohistochemistry.
  • Subject has advanced (e.g., metastatic or unresectable) cancer. Unresectable refers to a tumor lesion in which clear surgical excision margins cannot be obtained without leading to significant functional compromise.
  • Subject has at least 1 evaluable and measurable lesion as defined by RECIST v 1.1 after the mandatory pre-anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion fresh tissue biopsy has been performed.
  • Subjects who have received prior local therapy are eligible provided measurable disease falls outside of the treatment field or within the field and has shown > 20% growth in size since post-treatment assessment.
  • NSCLC Prior to anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion, subjects must have received at least 1 systemic standard of care therapy for metastatic or unresectable disease (unless otherwise specified), as follows: MPM [00457] Subjects must have received standard first line therapy with a platinum-based regimen or they must have elected not to pursue frontline standard of care therapy. The subject must not have required a paracentesis within the preceding 4 weeks nor be projected to require a paracentesis within the next 8 weeks. NSCLC [00458] Subjects must have a pathologically confirmed (by histology or cytology) diagnosis of NSCLC, which is currently Stage 3B or Stage 4 disease.
  • a subject with non-squamous NSCLC must have been tested for relevant EGFR mutations, ALK translocation or other genomic aberrations (e.g., ROS rearrangement, BRAF V600E mutation) for which FDA-approved targeted therapy is available and, if positive, the subject should have received at least one such therapy prior to study enrollment.
  • the subject For subjects without an actionable mutation, the subject must have received a currently approved frontline regimen (e.g., immune checkpoint inhibitor-based therapy).
  • Serous ovarian adenocarcinoma [00459] The subject must have a histologically confirmed diagnosis of recurrent serous ovarian adenocarcinoma, which is currently Stage 3 or Stage 4 disease.
  • a histologic diagnosis of borderline, low malignant potential epithelial carcinoma is not permitted.
  • the subject must not have required a paracentesis within the preceding 4 weeks nor be projected to require a paracentesis within the next 8 weeks.
  • the subject has no evidence of a bowel obstruction within the last 8 weeks.
  • Cholangiocarcinoma Subjects must have received at least one standard systemic regimen for unresectable or metastatic disease (e.g., gemcitabine- or 5-FU-containing regimens) or they must have elected not to pursue frontline standard of care therapy.
  • Subjects must have measurable disease, defined as at least one lesion that can be accurately measured in at least one dimension (longest diameter to be recorded for non-nodal lesions and short axis for nodal lesions) as > 20 mm (> 2 cm) with conventional techniques or as > 10 mm (> 1 cm) with computed tomography (CT) scan or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). Subjects who have received systemic adjuvant chemotherapy are permitted. Subject has an Eastern Cooperative Oncology Group (ECOG) Performance Status 0 or 1. Subject has a left ventricular ejection fraction > 45% as measured by resting echocardiogram, with no clinically significant pericardial effusion. Subject is fit for leukapheresis and has adequate venous access for the cell collection.
  • measurable disease defined as at least one lesion that can be accurately measured in at least one dimension (longest diameter to be recorded for non-nodal lesions and short axis for nodal lesions) as > 20 mm (> 2 cm) with conventional techniques or as > 10
  • FCBP Female patients of childbearing potential (FCBP) must have a negative urine or serum pregnancy test (FPCP is defined as premenopausal and not surgically sterilized). FCBP must agree to use effective birth control or to abstain from heterosexual activity throughout the study, starting on the day of first dose of lymphodepleting chemotherapy through 12 months post anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion or for 4 months after there is no evidence of persistence of gene modified cells in the blood, whichever is longer.
  • Effective contraceptive methods include intra-uterine device, oral or injectable hormonal contraception, or 2 adequate barrier methods (e.g., diaphragm with spermicide, cervical cap with spermicide, or female condom with spermicide).
  • Subjects ⁇ 65 years of age may have creatinine clearance estimated using the Cockcroft-Gault formula.
  • Exclusion Criteria A subject meeting any of the following exclusion criteria is not be eligible for participation in the study: ⁇ Inability to follow the procedures of the study (e.g., due to language problems, psychological disorders, dementia, confusional state, etc). Known or suspected noncompliance, drug or alcohol abuse. ⁇ Participation in another study with investigational drug within the 28 days or 5 half-lives of the drug, whichever is shorter, preceding and during the present study. ⁇ Subject is pregnant (or intends to become pregnant during the course of the study) or breastfeeding.
  • Subject has received the following therapy/treatment within the specified timeframe prior to initiating protocol-defined treatment with either lymphodepletion or anti-MSLN TFP T cells: o Cytotoxic chemotherapy within 3 weeks of leukapheresis or (with the exception of lymphodepleting chemotherapy) within 3 weeks of anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion. o Corticosteroids: therapeutic doses of steroids are stopped > 72 hours prior to leukapheresis and at least 2 weeks prior to anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion. Use of inhaled steroids or topical cutaneous steroids is not exclusionary.
  • Corticosteroid therapy at a pharmacologic dose > 5 mg/day of prednisone or equivalent doses of other corticosteroids
  • other immunosuppressive drugs is avoided until 3 months after anti-MSLN TFP administration, unless medically indicated to treat new toxicity.
  • Physiological replacement doses of steroids up to 5 mg/day of prednisone equivalent may be allowed.
  • any other immunosuppressive medication is stopped ⁇ 4 weeks prior to enrollment, including calcineurin inhibitors, methotrexate or other chemotherapy drugs, mycophenolyate, steroids (e.g., as described above), rapamycin, thalidomide, or immunosuppressive antibodies such as rituximab, anti-TNF, anti-IL6 or anti-IL6R.
  • immunosuppressive antibodies such as rituximab, anti-TNF, anti-IL6 or anti-IL6R.
  • the subject is excluded if their disease is responding to an experimental vaccine given within 6 months; o Any previous gene therapy using an integrating vector; TKI (e.g., EGFR inhibitors) within 72 hours; o Any previous allogeneic hematopoietic stem cell transplant; o Investigational treatment or clinical trial within 4 weeks or 5 half-lives of investigational product, whichever is shorter; o Radiotherapy to the target lesions within 3 months prior to lymphodepleting chemotherapy. A lesion with unequivocal progression may be considered a target lesion regardless of time from last radiotherapy dose.
  • ⁇ Toxicity from previous anti-cancer therapy that has not recovered to ⁇ grade 1 (except for nonclinically significant toxicities, e.g., alopecia, vitiligo).
  • Subjects with grade 2 toxicities that are deemed stable or irreversible e.g., peripheral neuropathy
  • ⁇ History of autoimmune or immune mediated disease such as multiple sclerosis, lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, or small vessel vasculitis.
  • ⁇ Biliary stents ⁇ Central nervous system (CNS) disease/brain metastases: o Subjects with leptomeningeal disease, carcinomatous meningitis, or symptomatic CNS metastases: subjects are eligible if they have completed their treatment, have recovered from the acute effects of radiation therapy or surgery prior to study entry, and a) have no evidence of brain metastases post treatment or b) are asymptomatic, have discontinued corticosteroid treatment or anti-seizure medications for these metastases for at least 4 weeks and have radiographically stable CNS metastases without associated edema or shift for at least 3 months prior to study entry (note: prophylactic anti-seizure medications are acceptable; up to 5 mg/day of prednisone or equivalent is allowed).
  • ⁇ Subject has any other prior or concurrent malignancy with the following exceptions: o Adequately treated basal cell or squamous cell carcinoma (adequate wound healing is required prior to study entry) o In situ carcinoma of the cervix or breast, treated curatively and without evidence of recurrence for at least 3 years prior to the study o A primary malignancy which has been completely resected and in complete remission for ⁇ 5 years ⁇ Subject has an electrocardiogram (ECG) showing a clinically significant abnormality at screening or showing an average QTc interval > 450 msec in males and > 470 msec in females (> 480 msec for subjects with bundle branch block).
  • ECG electrocardiogram
  • Either Fridericia’s or Bazett’s formula may be used to correct the QT interval.
  • ⁇ Subject has uncontrolled intercurrent illness including, but not limited to: o Ongoing or active infection: e.g., sepsis, prolonged unresolved bacterial cholangitis with destruction of bile duct branches (e.g., after endoprosthesis insertion) or 2 or more cholangitis in the last 6 months; o Clinically significant cardiac disease defined by congestive heart failure New York Heart Association class 3 or class 4; o Uncontrolled clinically significant arrhythmia; o Acute coronary syndrome (angina or myocardial infarction), stroke, or peripheralvascular disease in the last 6 months; o Interstitial lung disease (subjects with existing pneumonitis as a result of radiation are not excluded; however, subjects must not be oxygen dependent as demonstrated by oxygen saturation ⁇ 92% on room air); o Liver cirrhosis or primary sclerosing cholangitis ⁇ Subject
  • Subjects who are hepatitis B surface antigen negative but are hepatitis B core antibody positive must have undetectable hepatitis B deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) and receive prophylaxis against viral reactivation; o Active hepatitis C infection as demonstrated by hepatitis C ribonucleic acid (RNA) test.
  • Subjects who are HCV antibody positive are screened for HCV RNA by any reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (PCR) or bDNA assay. If HCV antibody is positive, eligibility is determined based on a negative screening RNA value.
  • Concomitant Treatments Study Treatment and Concomitant Therapy [00466] During the course of the study, investigators may prescribe any concomitant medications or treatment deemed necessary to provide adequate supportive care except those medications listed in the excluded medication below. All concurrent therapies, including medications and supportive therapy (e.g., intubation, dialysis, and blood products), are recorded from the date the subject is enrolled into the study through 3 months after completing anti-MSLN TFP Therapy. After 3 months post anti- MSLN TFP T cell infusion, only targeted concomitant medication is collected, including immunosuppressive drugs, anti-infective drugs, vaccinations, and any therapy for the treatment of the subject’s malignancy for 1 year beyond disease progression.
  • medications and supportive therapy e.g., intubation, dialysis, and blood products
  • Prohibited Concomitant Medications include (but are not limited to): immunosuppressants and corticosteroid anti-inflammatory agents including prednisone, dexamethasone, solumedrol, and cyclosporine.
  • immunosuppressants and corticosteroid anti-inflammatory agents including prednisone, dexamethasone, solumedrol, and cyclosporine.
  • Treatment for the subject’s cancer such as chemotherapy, immunotherapy, targeted agents, radiation, and high dose corticosteroid, other than defined/allowed in this protocol, and other investigational agents are prohibited except as needed for treatment of disease progression. Other prohibited medicines are listed under Exclusion Criteria.
  • FCBP is defined as premenopausal and not surgically sterilized.
  • Effective methods of contraception include intra-uterine device, injectable hormonal contraception, oral contraception, or 2 adequate barrier methods (e.g., diaphragm with spermicide, cervical cap with spermicide, or female condom with spermicide - spermicides alone are not an adequate method of contraception).
  • Abstinence (relative to heterosexual activity) can be used as the sole method of contraception if it is consistently employed as the subject’s preferred and usual lifestyle and if considered acceptable by local regulatory agencies and IRBs. Periodic abstinence (e.g., calendar, ovulation, sympto-thermal, post-ovulation methods, etc) and withdrawal are not acceptable methods of contraception.
  • Anti-MSLN TFP T cell product is an engineered autologous ACT. The first step in the manufacturing of anti-MSLN TFP T cell product is the collection of a subject’s T cells via leukapheresis.
  • a large-volume non-mobilized PBMC collection is performed (12- to 15-liter apheresis) according to Institutional standard procedures for collection of the starting material.
  • the goal is to collect approximately 5 to 10 ⁇ 10 9 PBMCs (minimum collection goal 1.5 ⁇ 10 7 PMBC/kg).
  • the leukapheresed cells are then packaged for expedited shipment to the manufacturing facility as described in the investigational product manual.
  • a second leukapheresis may be performed.
  • Citrate anticoagulant is used during the procedure and prophylaxis against the adverse effects of this anticoagulant (e.g., CaCl2 infusions) may be employed at the Investigator’s discretion.
  • the collected leukapheresis product will then be frozen and transported either the same day or overnight to the approved Cell Processing Facility (CPF) as described in the investigational product manual.
  • CPF Cell Processing Facility
  • each subject’s leukapheresed product is processed to enrich for the T cells containing PBMC fraction. T cells are then stimulated to expand and transduced with a lentiviral vector to introduce the anti-MSLN TFP Transgene to obtain anti-MSLN TFP T cells.
  • Transduced T cells e.g., anti-MSLN TFP T cells or anti-MSLN TFP T cell product
  • SOPs CPF standard operating procedures
  • the CPF ships it back to the treating facility.
  • the anti-MSLN TFP T cell product is administered first during the phase 1 portion of the study (e.g., the dose escalation phase) as a single infusion at the initial dose 5 ⁇ 10 7 cells/m 2 (e.g., dose level zero or DL0).
  • the dose escalation phase evaluates four anti-MSLN TFP T cell product doses: 5 ⁇ 10 7 /m 2 , 1 ⁇ 10 8 /m 2 , 5 ⁇ 10 8 /m 2 , and 1 ⁇ 10 9 /m 2 .
  • the anti-MSLN TFP T cell product is first administered alone and, if deemed safe, is then administered following lymphodepletion with fludarabine and cyclophosphamide.
  • the addition of lymphodepletion is considered a higher dose level even when using the same anti-MSLN TFP T cell product dose.
  • a dose range of ⁇ 15% of the target dose may be administered.
  • the anti-MSLN TFP T cell product is supplied cryopreserved in cryostorage bags.
  • the product in the bag is opaque, with cream to white color.
  • the cryostorage bags containing anti-MSLN TFP T cell product arrive frozen in a liquid nitrogen dry shipper.
  • the bags are stored in vapor phase of liquid nitrogen and the product remains frozen until the subject is ready for treatment to assure viable live autologous cells are administered to the subject.
  • Several inactive ingredients are added to the product to assure viability and stability of the live cells through the freezing, thawing, and infusion process.
  • Each bag contains a subject specific product, and the intended subject is identified by subject ID number. The product is thawed and administered to the subject as specified in the investigational product manual.
  • Example 10 Method of anti-MSLN TFP Infusion
  • subjects participating in the phase 1 portion of the study receive anti- MSLN TFP T cell product within the dose range of 5 ⁇ 10 7 to 1 ⁇ 10 9 transduced cells/square meter of surface area (depending on the dose level) by intravenous infusion.
  • the recommended dose for subjects participating in the phase 2 portion is determined at the end of the dose escalating phase 1.
  • the anti-MSLN TFP T cell product is a subject-specific product. Upon receipt, verification that the product and subject-specific labels match the specific subject information is essential. The product is not infused if the information on the subject-specific label does not match the intended subject. Prior to infusion, 2 clinical personnel in the presence of the subject independently verify and confirm that the information on the infusion bag label is correctly matched to the subject, in accordance with institutional practice for the administration of cell products. [00480] Thirty to 60 minutes prior to cell infusion, subjects are premedicated against potential infusion reactions with antihistamines and acetaminophen (paracetamol) as per institutional practice.
  • Anti-MSLN TFP T cells must not be thawed until immediately prior to infusion.
  • the product can be thawed either in a water bath at the subject’s bedside or with a device such as a GE ViaThaw in a centralized facility, according to Institutional standard procedures.
  • the cells are infused without delay and, if thawed centrally, are transported to the subject by appropriately trained clinical staff, to preserve the chain of custody.
  • the anti-MSLN TFP T cell product is not washed or otherwise processed.
  • the infusion will commence within approximately 10 minutes of thawing (or within 10 minutes of receipt if thawed centrally) and complete within 45 minutes of thawing (or receipt from centralized thawing facility) to minimize exposure of the anti-MSLN TFP T cell product to cryoprotectant.
  • the anti-MSLN TFP T cell product is administered using a dual spike infusion set by gravity over 15 to 30 minutes (in the absence of reaction) via non-filtered tubing. The bag is be gently agitated during infusion to avoid cell clumping. Infusion pumps must not be used.
  • the anti-MSLN TFP T cells For administration of the anti-MSLN TFP T cells, 100 to 250 ml of 0.9% NaCl is connected to the second lumen of the infusion set, used to prime the line, and then the lumen closed. On completion of the infusion of a bag of anti-MSLN TFP T cells, the main line is closed and approximately 50 ml NaCl transferred into the cell bag, and then infused to minimize cell loss. This process is repeated for each cell bag if multiple bags are provided. [00485] On completion of the cell infusion the set is flushed using additional saline from the attached bag. In the event that Institutional practice requires a single spike infusion set, the line is flushed with 0.9% NaCl once the infusion is complete.
  • the instructions for prophylaxis are as follows: ⁇ Pneumocystis Jiroveci pneumonia: daily single strength trimethoprim sulfamethoxazole, for one year. ⁇ Herpes Simplex and Varicella Zoster: acyclovir (800 mg twice daily) or valacyclovir (500 mg twice daily) for one year. ⁇ CMV: patients are screened for CMV seropositivity at Baseline. If CMV viremia is detected at Baseline, treatment is initiated prior to lymphodepleting chemotherapy. Subjects are monitored for CMV as detailed in the Schedule of Events. If CMV viremia is documented, an infectious disease specialist is consulted and treatment initiated (if required) according to Institutional practice.
  • tumor Lysis Syndrome All subjects with significant tumor burden and without a contraindication receive tumor lysis syndrome prophylaxis (e.g., allopurinol) as per institutional guidelines prior to anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion. Prophylaxis is discontinued when the risk of tumor lysis has passed. Cytokine Release Syndrome [00490] Cytokine release syndrome has been described with therapies that activate T lymphocytes such as BiTEs (e.g., blinatumomab) and ACT (e.g., CAR T cell therapy).
  • BiTEs e.g., blinatumomab
  • ACT e.g., CAR T cell therapy
  • CRS results from the massive release of cytokines from cells targeted by therapeutics, immune effector cells recruited to the tumor area and subject’s immune cells activated during this process.
  • CRS is associated with a variety of clinical signs and symptoms, which can be life-threatening, including cardiac, gastrointestinal, laboratory (disseminated intravascular coagulation, renal and hepatic abnormalities), neurological, respiratory, skin, vascular (hypotension), and constitutional (fever, rigors, headaches malaise, fatigue arthralgia, nausea and vomiting).
  • the goal of CRS management is to prevent life-threatening conditions while preserving the potential benefit of anti-MSLN TFP T cell-induced antitumor activity.
  • a revised CRS severity grading system was published by NCI investigators and is highlighted below (Table 3).
  • CRS management algorithm A recommended CRS management algorithm according to grade is illustrated in Table 4 below.
  • the algorithm has been further adapted from Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) for use with immunotherapy and is implemented in accordance with Institutional guidelines.
  • CCTCAE Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events
  • the diagnosis of CRS is clinical and it is supported by the exclusion of infection as well as the presence of increased cytokine levels and other biomarkers. If CRS is suspected, in addition to assessment for infection, cytokine and C-Reactive Protein (CRP) levels are measured approximately every other day until symptoms are improving or an alternative diagnosis is confirmed.
  • CRP C-Reactive Protein
  • Subjects with severe CRS may receive tocilizumab, corticosteroids, or both.
  • Tocilizumab is a humanized anti-IL-6 receptor antibody that has been approved by US FDA for the management of CRS.
  • Subjects may receive a repeat dose if clinical signs and symptoms do not improve within 24 to 48 hours.
  • Subjects are considered responders if CRS resolves within 14 days of the first dose of tocilizumab, no more than 2 doses of tocilizumab are needed, and no drugs other than tocilizumab and corticosteroids are used for treatment.
  • tocilizumab Side effects attributed to chronic use of tocilizumab in rheumatologic disease include transaminitis, thrombocytopenia, elevated cholesterol and low-density lipoproteins, neutropenia, and increased infections, but acute infusional toxicities have not been reported in CRS use.
  • Fever and Neutropenia [00494] Evaluation for a source of infection is performed per institutional guidelines. Fever is treated with acetaminophen and comfort measures. Corticosteroids is avoided. Subjects who are neutropenic and febrile should receive broad-spectrum antibiotics. [00495] Maintenance IV fluids (normal saline) is recommended in subjects with high fevers, particularly if oral intake is poor and/or if the subject has tachycardia.
  • Neutropenia is a common effect of lymphodepleting chemotherapy.
  • Prophylactic G-CSF e.g., filgrastim
  • G-CSF may be started 24 hours after the administration of lymphodepleting chemotherapy and continued until neutrophil recovery according to institutional practice.
  • Long-acting (pegylated) G-CSF may be used as per institutional standard practice.
  • Pegylated G-CSF is given as 1 dose 24 hours post the final dose of cyclophosphamide.
  • GM-CSF is not allowed to be used while on study.
  • Blood Product Support [00497] The subject should receive platelets and packed red blood cells as needed as per institutional guidelines.
  • Neurotoxicity e.g., encephalopathy, somnolence, delirium, seizures, aphasia
  • CAR T cell-related encephalopathy syndrome Table 4
  • Evaluation of any new onset neurotoxicity should include a neurological examination (e.g., CARTOX-10), brain MRI, papilledema grading, and examination of the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) as clinically indicated.
  • Endotracheal intubation may be needed for airway protection in severe cases.
  • Corticosteroids may be considered for any severe or life-threatening neurotoxicity and anti-seizure and sedatives may be considered as clinically indicated.
  • Guidance for management of chimeric antigen receptor T cell- related encephalopathy syndrome is provided in Table 6.
  • Example 12 Study Procedures and Schedule of Events Mesothelin Screening [00500] Only subjects with tumor mesothelin expression above the cut-off ( > 50% of cells that are 2+ and/or 3+) as determined by immunohistochemistry (IHC) at the central laboratory are eligible to receive anti-MSLN TFP T cell therapy. All subjects are tested for this expression level prior to moving forward with full screening. [00501] A new excisional fresh tumor biopsy is required for determination of mesothelin expression, unless otherwise contraindicated (e.g., tumor not accessible). This fresh tumor biopsy is obtained at pre-screening and/or at some point prior to the baseline visit (visit 4).
  • IHC immunohistochemistry
  • a new biopsy cannot be obtained at the time of pre-screening visit, an archival biopsy is submitted, provided the tissue was obtained within the previous 12 months and that there is sufficient tissue for analysis of mesothelin expression.
  • Mesothelin expression above the aforementioned cut-off on archival tissue enables proceeding with leukapheresis and shipment of the leukapheresis product to the anti-MSLN TFP T cell manufacturing facility (provided all other eligibility criteria are met).
  • a new tissue biopsy for fresh sample must still be obtained and mesothelin expression analysis results are available to the Sponsor at the time of the baseline visit (visit 4) in order to proceed with study treatment (e.g., lymphodepleting chemotherapy and/or anti-MSLN TFP T cell infusion).
  • a fresh tissue biopsy is not required prior to baseline if the prescreening fresh sample has enough residual tissue to perform the required testing according to the central laboratory specifications. If an archival specimen is unavailable and the subject cannot undergo a new biopsy, the subject is declared ineligible.
  • the subject’s tumor biopsy is tested for mesothelin antigen expression by IHC using an analytically validated assay at a certified central laboratory.
  • a secondary objective of the study is the development and validation of an IVD assay for the screening of tumor mesothelin expression for regulatory approval.
  • an IVD assay for the screening of tumor mesothelin expression for regulatory approval.
  • mesothelin expression assay for study eligibility determination, and to complete the precision testing requirements for a regulatory approved companion diagnostic test, it is essential that sufficient amount of tumor tissue be submitted.
  • Example 13 Clinical Assessments and Procedures
  • Demographics Demographic data including year of birth, age, sex, race, and ethnicity is collected at prescreening.
  • Medical History Relevant medical history is recorded at screening in the subject’s medical record and CRF.
  • CRF cancer diagnosis, date of initial diagnosis, location of disease at initial diagnosis, stage at initial diagnosis, type of histology, histological grade, results of any historical molecular testing performed (if available), date of diagnosis of metastatic disease, location of metastatic disease, stage at screening.
  • Subjects undergo a physical examination at screening and baseline visits and subsequently as specified in the SOE (Appendix A).
  • Vital Signs Measurement of vital signs (temperature, pulse, respiratory rate, blood pressure, weight, and height) are made at screening and at baseline (excluding height).
  • Performance Status Performance status is measured using the ECOG performance scale (Table 7).
  • Clinical Safety Assessments Subjects are assessed for AEs and graded according to the National Cancer Institute (NCI) CTCAE Version 4.0. All AEs are recorded in the CRF.
  • Laboratory Assessments The following laboratory assessments are performed by a certified laboratory designated by the sponsor. Local testing may be performed in addition to the central laboratory collection for the following samples: Hematology, Clinical chemistry, CRP, Uric acid, Lipase, Coagulation, Thyroid function tests, Infectious disease screening, CMV viremia monitoring, Urinalysis, Glomerular filtration rate, FCBP must have a negative urine or serum pregnancy test at screening and prior to starting lymphodepleting chemotherapy.
  • Cardiac Assessments The following assessments are conducted in order to monitor subject safety: An echocardiogram or multiple-gated acquisition (MUGA) scan is performed at screening to determine eligibility as well as in week 2 post infusion. Additional assessments may be performed if clinically indicated. The same method of cardiac evaluation is used consistently for any follow-up assessments. Blood troponin levels are tested on the days when echocardiogram/MUGA scans are performed. ECGs: ECGs (12-lead) are performed at baseline visit (visit 4) following a minimum of 15 minutes of supine rest. A subject with tumor lesions abutting the pericardium undergoes continuous cardiac monitoring (telemetry) for 5 days post-infusion.
  • telemetry continuous cardiac monitoring
  • Tumor Response Assessments Imaging scans of the chest, abdomen, and pelvis are performed at eligibility, baseline, week 4, week 8, week 12, week 24, and every 3 months until confirmed disease progression, study completion, or withdrawal. Acceptable imaging modalities for this study include: ⁇ Diagnostic-quality CT scan with oral and/or iv iodinated contrast of the chest and abdomen/pelvis (CT is the preferred modality for tumor assessments). ⁇ MRI of the abdomen/pelvis acquired before and after gadolinium contrast agent administration and a non-contrast enhanced CT of the chest, if a subject is contraindicated for contrast enhanced CT.
  • Example 14 Cytokine and anti-MSLN TFP T cell Antibody Analysis
  • Serum is collected at baseline, and at each visit post infusion up to 8 weeks, to allow for measurement of cytokines in the blood. Serum is also collected from subjects with suspected CRS with samples being taken approximately every other day until symptoms are improving or an alternative diagnosis is confirmed.
  • Cytokines, growth factors and soluble receptors including but not limited to IL-1 ⁇ , IL-6, IFN- ⁇ , TNF- ⁇ , IL-2, IL-8, IL-10, IL-12, IL-13, 15, and GM-CSF are measured utilizing a multiplexed assay. Measurement of the cytokine subset IL-1 ⁇ , IL-6, IL-10, TNF- ⁇ , and IFN- ⁇ is performed following Good Laboratory Practice procedures. All other measurements are performed as exploratory. Serum samples are also used to detect presence of antibodies against anti-MSLN TFP pre- infusion and at week 8.
  • Example 15 Tumor Biopsies [00519] The activity of anti-MSLN TFP T cells is impacted by other cellular elements within the tumor microenvironment (e.g., regulatory T cells). Evaluating the “immune landscape” within the tumor is critical for optimizing cancer immunotherapy.
  • biopsies are requested at screening and/or baseline (to evaluate the immune status of the tumor before T cell infusion), week 8 ( ⁇ 2 weeks), at the expected time of an active anti-tumor response by infused T cells) and after disease progression is confirmed, unless tumor is not safely accessible.
  • biopsies should consist of multiple cores taken from more than one lesion.
  • fine needle aspirates may be obtained based on interventional radiology recommendations.
  • fresh tissue is preferable for the screening biopsy assessment, archival tissue may be used provided the biopsy was taken in the 12 months prior to screening. If fresh tissue is provided for screening purposes and remaining tissue is sufficient for research studies, the baseline biopsy can be omitted.
  • the baseline biopsy material may be collected anytime between 2 months and 1 week prior to the start of lymphodepleting chemotherapy, favoring a time point closer to the time of anti-MSLN TFP infusion.
  • Tumor tissue is either taken from non-target lesions or from target lesions > 2cm. Every attempt is made to obtain biopsies at both screening and subsequent time points from the same lesion(s). The radiological (or clinical) status of the lesion(s) biopsied is noted at the time (e.g., decreased, stable, increased size or activity).
  • Biopsy material is collected after confirmation of disease progression, ideally on lesions that have progressed and on new lesions, to address mechanisms of resistance and to determine eligibility for re-treatment.
  • Anti-MSLN TFP constructs were engineered by cloning the MSLN VHH domains (or scFv domains) DNA fragment linked to a CD3 or TCR DNA fragment by either a DNA sequence encoding a short linker (SL): AAAGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSLE or a long linker (LL): AAAIEVMYPPPYLGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSLE into the pLRPO vector.
  • SL short linker
  • LL long linker
  • AAAIEVMYPPPYLGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSLE AAAIEVMYPPPYLGGGGSGGGGSGGGGSLE
  • Various other vector may be used to generate fusion protein constructs.
  • anti-MSLN TFP constructs generated include anti-MSLN-linker-human CD3 ⁇ chain (including extracellular, transmembrane, and intracellular domains), with the anti-MSLN antigen binding domain being the scFv or sdAb with sequences disclosed in Table A1.
  • Source of TCR Subunits [00526] Subunits of the human T Cell Receptor (TCR) complex all contain an extracellular domain and a transmembrane domain. The CD3 epsilon, CD3 delta, and CD3 gamma subunits have an intracellular domain.
  • a human TCR complex contains the CD3-epsilon polypeptide, the CD3- gamma poly peptide, the CD3-delta polypeptide, and the TCR alpha chain polypeptide and the TCR beta chain polypeptide or the TCR delta chain polypeptide and the TCR gamma chain polypeptide.
  • TCR alpha, TCR beta, TCR gamma, and TCR delta recruit the CD3 zeta polypeptide.
  • the human CD3-epsilon polypeptide canonical sequence is Uniprot Accession No. P07766.
  • the human CD3- gamma polypeptide canonical sequence is Uniprot Accession No. P09693.
  • the human CD3-delta polypeptide canonical sequence is Uniprot Accession No. P043234.
  • the human CD3-zeta polypeptide canonical sequence is Uniprot Accession No. P20963.
  • the human TCR alpha chain canonical sequence is Uniprot Accession No. Q6ISU1.
  • the human TCR beta chain C region canonical sequence is Uniprot Accession No. P01850, a human TCR beta chain V region sequence is P04435.
  • the human CD3-epsilon polypeptide canonical sequence is: [00528] [00529] [00530] [00531] DHLSL [00532] [00533] [00534] [00535] [00536] g y [00537]
  • the signal peptide of human CD3 ⁇ is: [00538] [00539]
  • the extracellular domain of human CD3 ⁇ is: [00540] AKDPR Q Q Q Q Q [00541]
  • the transmembrane domain of human CD3 ⁇ is: [00542] G [00543]
  • the intracellular domain of human CD3 ⁇ is: [00544] [00545]
  • the human CD3-delta polypeptide canonical sequence is: [00546]
  • the signal peptide of human CD3 ⁇ is: [00547] [00548]
  • the extracellular domain of human CD3 ⁇ is: [00549] DKEST [00550] The
  • the human TCR beta chain V region YT35 canonical sequence is: [00573]
  • the human TCR gamma chain C region canonical sequence is: [00574]
  • the human TCR beta gamma human IgC sequence is: [00576]
  • Q [00577]
  • the transmembrane domain of the human TCR gamma chain is: [00578]
  • the intracellular domain of the human TCR gamma chain is: [00580] RRTAFCCNGEKS.
  • the human TCR delta chain C region canonical sequence is: [00582] [00583] The human TCR delta human IgC sequence is: [00584] Q [00585] The transmembrane domain of the human TCR delta chain is: [00586] [00587] The intracellular domain of the human TCR delta chain is: [00588] L TFP Expression Vectors [00589] Expression vectors are provided that include: a promoter (eukaryotic elongation factor 1 alpha (EF1 ⁇ promoter), a signal sequence to enable secretion, a polyadenylation signal and transcription terminator (Bovine Growth Hormone (BGH) gene), an element allowing episomal replication and replication in prokaryotes (e.g., SV40 origin and ColE1 or others known in the art) and elements to allow selection (ampicillin resistance gene and zeocin marker).
  • a promoter eukaryotic elongation factor 1 alpha (EF1 ⁇ promoter)
  • the TFP-encoding nucleic acid construct was cloned into the pLRPO lentiviral expression vector as is described above.
  • the anti-MSLN.TFP lentiviral transfer vectors were used to produce the genomic material packaged into the VSV-G pseudotyped lentiviral particles.
  • Expi293F-cells were suspended in free-style (FS) media and allowed to incubate at 37 degrees C, 8% CO 2 , 150 rpm for 1-3 hours.
  • the transfer DNA plasmid, Gag/Pol plasmid, Rev plasmid, and VSV-G plasmid were diluted in FS media. PEIpro was then diluted in FS media and added to the mixture of DNA and media.
  • the incubated cells were added to this mixture and are incubated at 37 degrees C, 8% CO2, 150 rpm for 18-24 hours. The following day, the supernatant was replaced with fresh media and supplemented with sodium butyrate and incubated at 37°C for an additional 24 hours.
  • the lentivirus containing supernatant was then collected into a 50 mL sterile, capped conical centrifuge tube and put on ice. After centrifugation at 3000 rpm for 30 minutes at 4°C, the cleared supernatant was filtered with a low-protein binding 0.45 ⁇ m sterile filter. The virus was subsequently concentrated by Lenti-X.
  • Example 17 Treatment history for patients treated with anti-MSLN TFP T cells [00591] The example provided here summarizes initial findings of the study described in Examples 8-15. Provided is data for 4 patients with mesothelioma and 1 patient with ovarian cancer having received a single infusion of anti-MSLN TFP T cells (also referred to as TC-210 or TC-210 TRuC-T Cells) (5x10 7 cells/m 2 ).
  • Subject (or patient) 2 is a 74 year old male and a former smoker, with obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) and epithelioid pleural mesothelioma. The cancer was refractory to the prior therapy.
  • Subject 2 showed disease progression following extensive surgeries including thoracotomy, pleurectomy, pneumonectomy, reconstruction of diaphragm/pericardium, thoracic and mediastinal lymphadenectomy.
  • Subject 2 showed disease progression following pembrolizumab.
  • Subject 2 showed disease progression following carboplatin/pemetrexed (x4).
  • the patient was treated with lymphodepletion including cyclophosphamide and fludarabine followed by the administration of TFP T cells (5x10 6 /m 2 ) in September 2019.
  • Scans of two target lesions for Subject 2 following treatment are shown in Figure 10A.
  • Soluble mesothelin and MPF levels are shown in Figure 10B.
  • Subject 2 showed a partial response overall and in target lesions.
  • Subject 3 is a 36 year old male, with epithelial peritoneal mesothelioma. Subject 3 showed significant (64%) tumor regression in this study.
  • subject 3 was diagnosed with mesothelioma. Subject 3 then had a left parietal pleurectomy. In October 2015, Subject 3 had stable disease after cisplatin/pemetrexed. In May 2019, Subject 3 had extensive cervical, mediastinal, abd/pelvic masses, bone metastases. In July 2019, Subject 3 had disease progression following carboplatin/pemetrexed (x3). The cancer was refractory to the prior therapy. In this study, the patient was treated with lymphodepletion including cyclophosphamide and fludarabine followed by the administration of TFP T cells (5x10 7 /m 2 ) in April 2020. Scans of one target lesion for Subject 3 is shown in Figure 11.
  • Subject 3 showed significant (64%) tumor regression in this study, showing a partial response in the target lesions with progressive disease overall due to a new pelvic lesion.
  • Subject 5 is a 70 year old female with stage IV high grade serous ovarian cancer diagnosed in April 2016. Mutational analysis indicated that she had BRAC 1/2 WT, amplification of AKT2, amplification of ARAF, amplification of CCNE1, and TP53R248Q mutation.
  • the patient had prior therapy including suboptimal cytoreductive surgery with +LVI and +LNs in June 2016, 6 times of adjuvant paclitaxel/carboplatin completed in November 2016, IP paclitaxel/cisplatin (with poor tolerance), two times of IP paclitaxel/carboplatin completed in April 2017, and six times of paclitaxel/carboplatin + bevacizumab until January 2019, and bevacizumab maintenance until Nov 2019.
  • the cancer was refractory to the prior therapy.
  • the patient was treated with lymphodepletion including cyclophosphamide and fludarabine followed by the administration of TFP T cells (5x10 7 /m 2 ) in May 2020.
  • Figure 12 shows the patient response and follow up for all 5 patients, with SD indicating stable disease, PR indicating partial response, CR indicating complete response, PD indicating progressive disease, and LD indicating lymphodepleting chemotherapy.
  • Figure 13 shows TC-210 T Cell expansion in peripheral blood by qPCR. Expansion of TC-210 T Cells in peripheral blood observed in all patients. Peak expansion occurred between days 3-10 post infusion. Peak expansion was maximum in Patient 4 (ovarian cancer).
  • Figure 14 shows cytokine levels in peripheral blood following TC-210 infusion. TC-210 infusion increased cytokine levels in peripheral blood in all patients. Higher levels were observed in Patient 2, who experienced grade 3 CRS.
  • Example 18 Treatment of patients with anti-MSLN TFP T cells [00598] Additional data is provided for the clinical trial described in Examples 8-15 and 17 for an additional four months into the clinical trial. The five patients analyzed in Example 17 were assessed further and an additional three patients were assessed. The three patients each had MPM.
  • Figure 15 shows that an accelerated dose escalation protocol was enacted to reduce intra- cohort safety observation periods to 14 days from 28 days.
  • the new clinical trial protocol amendment allowed the intra-cohort safety observation periods to be reduced to 14 days from 28 days, allowing the testing of TC-210 (gavo-cel) dose over a minimum of 56 days compared to the previous 84 days.
  • Table 13 below shows the updated pre-screening enrollment, and manufacturing activity for the clinical trial.
  • Table 14 shows updated patient characteristics, including the 3 additional patients.
  • Table 15 shows an updated summary of adverse events.
  • CRS Cytokine Release Syndrome
  • Table 16 shows an updated RECIST v1.1 Response Assessment Summary.
  • Table 13 Pre-screening enrollment, and manufacturing activity
  • Table 14 Patient Characteristics Table 15. Summary of Grade ⁇ 3 Treatment Emergent Adverse Events
  • Subject 5 showed a 61% tumor regression, with a partial response in the target lesions at months 1, 2, 3, 6, a complete response in non-target lesions at months 1, 2, 3, 6, and overall a partial response at month 3.
  • the response of Subject 4 to treatment is shown in Figure 22.
  • Subject 4 is a 36-year-old male with epithelioid peritoneal mesothelioma diagnosed in March 2016. The subject developed unresectable large pancreatic lesions in 2018. The cancer has failed nine prior lines of therapy including treatment with pembrolizumab from September 2019 to December 2019.
  • the Subject was treated with lymphodepletion including cyclophosphamide and fludarabine followed by the administration of TFP T cells (5x10 7 /m 2 ) in April 2020.
  • FIG 22 Scans of one target lesion for Subject 4 are shown in Figure 22.
  • Subject 4 showed a 75% tumor regression, with a partial response in the target lesions and overall.
  • the Subject showed progressive disease due to a new lymph node lesion.
  • Figure 18 shows the updated patient response and follow up for all 8 patients, with SD indicating stable disease, PR indicating partial response, CR indicating complete response, PD indicating progressive disease, and LD indicating lymphodepleting chemotherapy.
  • Figure 19 shows updated TC-210 T Cell expansion in peripheral blood by qPCR. Expansion of TC-210 T Cells in peripheral blood was observed in all patients. Peak expansion occurred between days 7-23 days post infusion. Peak expansion was maximum in Patient 5 (ovarian cancer). Cmax increased when TC-210 was administered following lymphodepletion.
  • FIG. 20 shows updated cytokine levels in peripheral blood following TC-210 infusion.
  • TC-210 infusion increased cytokine levels in peripheral blood in all patients, which is indicative of mesothelin target engagement.
  • Figure 21 shows a potential correlation between the soluble biomarkers soluble mesothelin related peptide (SMRP) and megakaryocyte potentiating factor (MPF) and response, with responder patients, patients 2 and 4, showing a steady decrease in both biomarkers.
  • SMRP soluble mesothelin related peptide
  • MPF megakaryocyte potentiating factor
  • Table B15 Alkylating nitrogen mustard Table B16. Alkylating platinum Table B17. Targeted therapies
  • PKIs Protein kinase inhibitors

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Pregnancy & Childbirth (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Gynecology & Obstetrics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Sont divulgués ici des méthodes de traitement d'un cancer exprimant la mésothéline (MSLN) chez un sujet humain consistant notamment à administrer, par exemple, une pluralité de lymphocytes T exprimant une protéine de fusion de récepteur de lymphocyte T (TFP) anti-MSLN. Le sujet humain décrit ici peut avoir reçu une ou plusieurs lignées dans le cadre d'une thérapie préalable avant l'administration de la pluralité de lymphocytes T exprimant la TFP anti-MSLN.
PCT/US2021/042973 2020-07-24 2021-07-23 Compositions et méthodes pour traiter le cancer WO2022020720A1 (fr)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP21846587.0A EP4185326A1 (fr) 2020-07-24 2021-07-23 Compositions et méthodes pour traiter le cancer

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202063056266P 2020-07-24 2020-07-24
US63/056,266 2020-07-24
US202063123751P 2020-12-10 2020-12-10
US63/123,751 2020-12-10

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022020720A1 WO2022020720A1 (fr) 2022-01-27
WO2022020720A9 true WO2022020720A9 (fr) 2022-02-17

Family

ID=79728990

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2021/042973 WO2022020720A1 (fr) 2020-07-24 2021-07-23 Compositions et méthodes pour traiter le cancer

Country Status (2)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4185326A1 (fr)
WO (1) WO2022020720A1 (fr)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3770168A1 (fr) 2015-05-18 2021-01-27 TCR2 Therapeutics Inc. Compositions et procédés de reprogrammation tcr utilisant des protéines de fusion
WO2023235479A1 (fr) * 2022-06-02 2023-12-07 TCR2 Therapeutics Inc. Compositions et méthodes pour traiter le cancer

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3770168A1 (fr) * 2015-05-18 2021-01-27 TCR2 Therapeutics Inc. Compositions et procédés de reprogrammation tcr utilisant des protéines de fusion
JP7217970B2 (ja) * 2016-10-07 2023-02-06 ティーシーアール２ セラピューティクス インク． 融合タンパク質を用いてｔ細胞受容体をリプログラミングするための組成物及び方法

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP4185326A1 (fr) 2023-05-31
WO2022020720A1 (fr) 2022-01-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
ES2875959T3 (es) Composiciones y métodos para reprogramación de receptores de linfocitos T mediante el uso de proteínas de fusión
US20200339651A1 (en) Methods for b cell preconditioning in car therapy
US20220362295A1 (en) Compositions and methods for tcr reprogramming using fusion proteins
CN105392888B (zh) 使用人源化抗cd19嵌合抗原受体治疗癌症
TW202016139A (zh) Bcma 嵌合抗原受體及其用途
US11090336B2 (en) Tn-MUC1 chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T cell therapy
CN108473957A (zh) 改善嵌合抗原受体表达细胞的功效和扩增的方法
CN107580628A (zh) 用于过继免疫疗法的具有嵌合受体的靶向细胞毒性细胞
US20220347214A1 (en) Compositions and methods for tcr reprogramming using fusion proteins
WO2022056321A1 (fr) Compositions et procédés pour la reprogrammation de tcr au moyen de protéines de fusion spécifiques gpc3
WO2022056304A1 (fr) Compositions et méthodes pour la reprogrammation de tcr au moyen de protéines de fusion spécifiques de la nectine-4
WO2022020720A9 (fr) Compositions et méthodes pour traiter le cancer
US20240252641A1 (en) Compositions and methods for tcr reprogramming using cd70 specific fusion proteins
US20230065936A1 (en) Compositions and methods for treating cancer
WO2023044039A1 (fr) Compositions et méthodes pour traiter le cancer
WO2023034220A2 (fr) Compositions et procédés de reprogrammation de tcr à l'aide de protéines de fusion et de cxcr6
AU2021392655A9 (en) Methods and materials for treating t cell cancers
WO2023060231A1 (fr) Compositions et méthodes pour le traitement du cancer au moyen de protéines de fusion tcr dans une polythérapie
WO2023235479A1 (fr) Compositions et méthodes pour traiter le cancer
WO2023172967A2 (fr) Compositions et méthodes pour la reprogrammation de tcr au moyen de protéines de fusion spécifiques de gpc3
WO2023086379A2 (fr) Compositions et méthodes de reprogrammation de tcr à l'aide de protéines de fusion
IL302700A (en) Combined treatments with cells expressing chimeric antigens (vehicle)
NZ750663A (en) Compositions and methods for cancer immunotherapy
BR122021024691B1 (pt) Usos de uma célula que expressa uma molécula car que se liga a cd19 em combinação com um ou mais inibidores de quinase

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21846587

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2021846587

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021846587

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20230224